Quarterlytics / Industrials / Construction Materials / Low & Bonar plc

Low & Bonar plc

lwb · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker lwb
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Construction Materials
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Low & Bonar plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013

L

o

w

&

B

o

n

a

r

P

L

C

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

3

Delivering on our strategy

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Welcome to Low & Bonar

We are an international business to business  
performance materials group.
We design and manufacture components which add value to, and 
improve the performance of, our customers’ products by engineering 
a wide range of polymers using our own technologies to create yarns, 
fibres, industrial and coated fabrics and composite materials. 
We sell globally and manufacture in Europe, North America, 
the Middle East and China.

The sectors we operate in

Civil engineering

Building products

Flooring

Sport and leisure

Transport

Industrial and others

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

30  Board of Directors
32  Report of the Directors
35  Corporate Governance
41  Audit Committee Report
44 
61 
62 

 Directors’ Report on Remuneration
 Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
 Independent Auditor’s Report

  1  Highlights
  2  Low & Bonar at a Glance
  4  Our Markets
  6  Our Business Model and Strategy
 Strategic Progress and KPIs
  8 
10  Strategy in Action
12  Chairman’s Statement
14  Performance Review 
16 
18 
19   Yarns 
20  Financial Review
22    Principal Risks and Uncertainties
24 

 Bonar 
 Technical Coated Fabrics 

 Corporate Social Responsibility

64 
65 

 Consolidated Income Statement
 Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income

70 

66  Balance Sheets
67 
68 
69 

 Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
 Company Cash Flow Statement
 Consolidated Statement of Changes in 
Equity
 Company Statement of Changes in 
Equity
 Significant Accounting Policies

71 
77   Notes to the Accounts
106  Five Year History
107   Advisers and Financial Calendar

Our Financial Performance

Revenue £m

388.7

380.5

403.1

Highlights

Another year of profit growth, PBTA1 up 2.7% on 
a constant currency2 basis.
•	 Revenue of £403.1m (2012: £380.5m), up 2.8% on a 

constant currency2 basis.

•	 Profit before tax1 of £26.1m (2012: £24.5m), an increase 

of 2.7% on a constant currency2 basis.

•	 Operating margin maintained at 8.0% (2012: 8.0%), 

return on capital at 16.8% (2012: 17.2%).

Investing to drive future growth
•	 £21.2m invested to support management initiatives for 

future growth.

•	 The Group’s joint venture, Bonar Natpet, now 

manufacturing.

Full year dividend increased 8% to 2.6 pence per 
share (2012: 2.4 pence per share).

Operational Highlights

Sustained growth in a difficult year
•	 Momentum regained in the second half of the year in 

Europe after a weather-impacted first half.

•	 Accelerating growth outside Europe.

Acquisition and share placing drives  
future growth
•	 Texiplast acquisition enables the Group to extend its 

product range in demanding civil engineering 
applications.

•	 Share placing raised £20m and maintains flexibility and 
headroom to continue to pursue growth ambitions.

1   Continuing operations before tax, amortisation and non-recurring items
2   Constant currency is calculated by retranslating comparative period 

results at current period exchange rates

Revenue £m

£403.1m +2.8%

(2012: £380.5m)

£403.1m +2.8%

344.6

(2012: £380.5m)

388.7

380.5

403.1

344.6

2010

2011

2012

2013

2010

2011

2012

2013

Profit £m
£26.1m +2.7%
(2012: £24.5m)

23.4

Profit £m
£26.1m +2.7%
(2012: £24.5m)

18.6

23.4

26.1

24.5

26.1

24.5

18.6

2010

2011

2012

2013

*    At constant currency exchange rates
** Continuing operations before tax, amortisation and non-recurring items

2010

2011

2012

2013

*    At constant currency exchange rates
** Continuing operations before tax, amortisation and non-recurring items

Visit us online 
Our website contains a full investor relations 
section with news, reports, webcasts, financial 
calendar and share price information. Visit    
www.lowandbonar.com and click on Investor 
Centre.

1

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Low & Bonar at a Glance

How and where we deliver  
performance materials

north america

19%

WeStern eUroPe

eaStern eUroPe

59%

8%

aSia

6%

miDDLe eaSt

4%

reSt oF WorLD

4%

  Bonar 

MAnuFAcTurInG FAcILITIeS
Belgium – Zele and Lokeren
netherlands – Arnhem and Emmen
Germany – Obernburg  
Hungary – Tiszaújváros 
uSA – Asheville, NC
china – Yizheng
Slovakia – Ivanka pri Nitre
Saudi Arabia – Yanbu

  Technical Coated Fabrics 
MAnuFAcTurInG FAcILITIeS
Germany – Hückelhoven and Fulda
2
czech republic – Lomnice

  Yarns 

MAnuFAcTurInG FAcILITIeS
uK – Dundee
uAe – Abu Dhabi

6

1

5

4

3

Revenue by  
destination 2013

5 6

1

4

3

2

2

1.  north america
2.  Western europe
3.  eastern europe
4.  asia
5.  middle east
6.  rest of World

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Our Divisions 

1

4

5 6

Positive global trends in infrastructure spending and 
urbanisation, which are largely taking place in emerging 
markets, are creating significant growth opportunities in 
civil engineering, flooring and niche building products. 
Our joint venture in Saudi Arabia will service the Middle 
East and Indian subcontinent, and we continue to assess 
options to develop our business further in North 
America, Latin America and Asia.

2

3

6

1

Revenue by end 
sector 2013

5

4

2

3

1.  civil engineering 24%
2.  Flooring 19%
3.  industrial 16%
4.  Building products 17%
5.  Sport and Leisure 10%
6.  transport 14%

Bonar
Our Bonar division serves these 
markets:

Technical Coated Fabrics
Our Technical coated Fabrics  
division serves these markets: 

Yarns
Our Yarns division serves these 
markets: 

• Civil engineering

• Building products

• Artificial grass yarns

• Flooring

• Transport

• Industrial 

• Building products

• Transport

• Leisure

• Industrial

cOMPAnIeS
Bonar – Belgium, The Netherlands, USA  
and UK
Bonar Geosynthetics – Hungary
Bonar Xeroflor – Germany
Yihua Bonar – China (60%) 
Bonar natpet – Saudi Arabia (50%)
Texiplast – Slovakia

BOnAr PrOducTS
•	 Woven and non-woven geotextiles
•	 Speciality geosynthetics
•	 Construction fibres
•	 Primary backing for carpet tiles and 

broadloom carpets

•	 Horticulture screens and groundcovers
Sales 
Sales 
•	 Roofing components for commercial and 

Sales 

residential property

cOMPAnIeS
Mehler Texnologies (“MTX”) – Germany, 
Czech Republic and 17 sales offices and 
warehouses throughout the world.

TecHnIcAL cOATed FABrIcS 
PrOducTS
•	 Architectural fabrics for permanent and 

temporary building structures
•	 Trailer side curtains and transport 

protection

•	 Printable fabrics for large format 

advertising

•	 Coated fabrics for storage and 

containment

fabrics

•	 Coated fabrics for sunshading, boat,  
fabrics
fabrics

pool, camping and sports

• Woven carpet backing

cOMPAnIeS
Bonar Technical Yarns – UK, Belgium  
and USA
Bonar emirates Technical Yarns – UAE 
(49%)

YArnS PrOducTS
•	 Monofilament and fibrillated artificial 
grass yarns for sports pitches and 
landscaping

•	 Polypropylene carpet backing yarns for 

woven carpets

yarns

yarns
yarns

61%

61%
61%

31%

31%
31%

8%

8%
8%

Sales

Sales
Sales

2013 £245.6m
2012 £238.7m
2011 £238.7m

2013 £245.6m
2013 £245.6m
2012 £238.7m
2012 £238.7m
2011 £238.7m
2011 £238.7m

Sales

Sales
Sales

2013 £124.7m
2012 £115.3m
2011 £119.4m

2013 £124.7m
2013 £124.7m
2012 £115.3m
2012 £115.3m
2011 £119.4m
2011 £119.4m

Sales

Sales
Sales

2013 £32.8m
2012 £26.5m
2011 £30.6m

2013 £32.8m
2013 £32.8m
2012 £26.5m
2012 £26.5m
2011 £30.6m
2011 £30.6m

3

* Continuing operations before 

* Continuing operations before 

* Continuing operations before 

   amortisation and non-recurring items.

   amortisation and non-recurring items.

   amortisation and non-recurring items.

* Continuing operations before 

* Continuing operations before 

* Continuing operations before 

   amortisation and non-recurring items.

   amortisation and non-recurring items.

   amortisation and non-recurring items.

* Continuing operations before 

* Continuing operations before 

* Continuing operations before 

   amortisation and non-recurring items.

   amortisation and non-recurring items.

   amortisation and non-recurring items.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Our Markets

Leading positions in niche 
industrial markets

Flooring
A range of high-performance primary 
backings for tufted carpet tiles, broadloom 
carpets and other flooring products.

Civil engineering
A wide range of products used in major 
infrastructure projects, including road and 
rail building, land reclamation and coastal 
defence. Woven and non-woven geotextiles 
have a wide range of uses including 
separation and filtration, membrane 
protection in landfills and reservoirs and for 
erosion control on riverbanks and coastlines. 
Speciality geosynthetics for erosion control, 
drainage, soil reinforcement and stabilisation 
and soil consolidation. Construction fibres 
used in concrete to reduce shrinkage and 
settlement cracking and as an alternative to 
steel mesh reinforcement.

Industrial
A wide range of products for multiple 
application areas, including screens and 
groundcover products in the professional 
horticulture market to improve yield and 
reduce energy consumption in the 
production of food, plants and cut flowers. 
Printable fabrics for large format prints used 
in large area outdoor and indoor advertising 
and smaller fabrics for point of sale displays. 
Coated fabrics for storage and containment, 
with application areas including waste 
water, biogas, food and oil. Supplier of 
support media for automotive cabin air and 
combi filters.

Growth drivers 
•	

Urbanisation and need for more and 
better infrastructure
Lower carbon footprint and 
environmental benefits compared to 
traditional materials of lower total-life 
costs, faster, safer construction and 
better durability
Increased quality control in 
performance and safety

•	

•	

Growth drivers 
•	

Ease of installation, aesthetic and 
design flexibility drive substitution of 
wall-to-wall solutions around the world 
Recovery in the North American 
markets and development of the 
Chinese markets
Environmental leadership to 
differentiate for end consumer

•	

•	

Growth drivers 
•	
•	
•	

Clean air and water 
Higher agricultural productivity
Sustainable and environmentally 
acceptable solutions in the supply, 
control and management of waste, 
liquids and gases
Continued growth in outdoor 
advertising

•	

24% of revenue  19% of revenue  16% of revenue 

4

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Key growth drivers
We supply engineered polymers to a wide range of niche 
industrial applications with above-GDP growth potential.

Building products
A range of products in niche application 
areas of the commercial and residential 
building market. Specialist architectural 
coated fabrics used as membranes for 
roofing, in frame-supported industrial, event 
and sports halls, and marquees for leisure 
and business events. Roofing and flooring 
products based on both three-dimensional 
monofilament mats, composites and 
non-wovens with a variety of applications, 
including metal roof ventilation, subsurface 
drainage for green roofs, hard floor sound 
control and reinforcement for waterproof 
bituminous roofing membranes.

Sport and Leisure
A diverse range of products for the sports 
and leisure sector. Monofilament and 
fibrillated synthetic yarns used in the 
construction of artificial grass for sports and 
landscaping applications. Coated fabric 
product range used in a variety of 
application areas, including sunshading, 
boat and pool, camping and sports.

Transport
Products used in both heavy and light 
vehicle manufacture. Primary and secondary 
non-woven backings for moulded car 
carpets and option mats, also used as 
reinforcement and carrier substrates in hood 
liners, trunk liners, door panels, package 
trays and car seats. Tarpaulins which are 
highly resilient and weatherproof and used 
in transport applications, including trailer 
side curtain manufacture and transport 
protection in air, road, rail and sea freight.

Growth drivers
•	

•	

Safe, ‘green’ environmental building 
solutions
Innovative and cost effective added 
functionality
•	
Steady global economic recovery
•	 More need for sun protection through 

Growth drivers
•	

Highly innovative, cost effective 
aesthetics and functionality
Highly bespoke solutions to different 
segments

•	

Growth drivers
•	

•	

Environmental leadership including light 
weighting vehicles
Auto manufacture moving East to 
support fast growing Asian markets
North America vehicle market recovery

•	
•	 Wide product range, flexible and fast 

design

response times to haulage tarpaulin 
market

17% of revenue  10% of revenue  14% of revenue 

5

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Our Business Model and Strategy

Our business model

Core capabilities

competitive advantage through 
technologies and innovation
Our manufacturing processes begin with the sourcing of widely 
available polymers, including polypropylene, polyethylene, 
polyester and nylon, and formulating these using speciality 
additives and colours which help determine performance, 
aesthetics and processing efficiencies.

 POLYMer SOurcInG

NEW PRODUCT
deVeLOPMenT

APPLIed 
TecHnOLOGY

cuSTOMer 
InSIGHT

SPecIALITY
YArnS

SPecIALITY 
FABrIcS

cOATed And 
cOMPOSITe 
MATerIALS

Our proprietary polymer formulations are 
subsequently processed using our broad 
range of proprietary technologies, and are 
tailored to enable the final product to 
deliver the desired performance 
characteristics.

Our end product is a speciality yarn, fabric 
or a coated or composite material. They 
are typically components which are 
important determinants of the 
performance and/or efficiency of our 
customer’s final product or process.

6

Leading positions in  
niche industrial markets
We hold leading positions in 
attractive niche markets, 
sustained with innovative design 
and manufacture of components 
to meet the evolving demands of 
our customers and markets.

Strong customer focus
We populate our development 
pipelines with ideas and insight 
from our customers and markets. 
Our research and development 
teams focus on meeting customer 
needs with engineered products 
for specific applications.

excellence in innovation
We have dedicated research and 
development teams within each 
of our businesses. Our innovation 
is focused on delivering improved 
sustainability, increased 
functionality and greater 
efficiencies. 

Operational capability  
and efficiency
Our efficient operations and 
talented people will underpin our 
aspiration to build a global 
business. We continue to invest  
in capability and efficiency across 
the Group.

Strengthening  
Group resources
We are investing in sales, 
marketing and strategy 
development to drive growth and 
build a more market-driven 
Group with global reach. We also 
continue to invest and increase 
effectiveness in procurement and 
health and safety.

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Core capabilities

Our strategy
  1.

accelerating growth 

 2. 

excelling in innovation 

We seek to accelerate our expansion into markets 
which have the opportunity to grow faster than 
the global average.

Our leading position in niche industrial markets is 
based on the innovative design and manufacture 
of components to meet specific customer needs.

Geographically, these include China, the Middle East, 
North America and South America, where 
industrialisation, urbanisation and high infrastructure 
expenditure are driving growth. We also target global 
markets where they are supported by strong, long-
term growth trends.

We work closely with our customers to create products 
that add real value to their business, by helping their 
manufacturing processes become more efficient, 
adding functionality to their products or by improving 
their environmental sustainability.

Key priorities
•	 Civil engineering
•	 Flooring products
•	 Niche building 

products

Growth geographies
•	 China
•	 North America
•	 South America
•	 Middle East

deliverables
•	 Accelerated growth
•	 Global business
•	 Scale benefits

Key priorities
•	 Sustainability
•	 Functionality
•	 Efficiency

deliverables
•	 Share gain
•	 Customer traction
•	 High quality business

Key areas
•	 Europe
•	 North America
•	 Emerging markets 

later

 3.

Driving efficiencies and 
building capability 

 4. 

complementary 
m&a 

We strive to ensure our product offering is 
underpinned by cost and efficiency leadership.

We will complement our organic growth strategies 
with “bolt-on” M&A which either accelerates our 
exposure to global markets or gives us access to 
new products in existing markets.

Improvements in productivity and working capital 
efficiency will be coupled with group-wide initiatives to 
invest in our organisational capability and to leverage 
our expertise in manufacturing, procurement and health 
and safety to build the foundations of a global business.

The acquisition of Texiplast in September 2013 is 
aligned to our strategy and highly complementary to 
our activities in the civil engineering sector. The 
placing which funded the acquisition provides 
flexibility to support further growth.

Key priorities
•	 Organisational 

capability

•	 Technical Coated 

Fabrics

Key areas
•	 Health and safety
•	 Productivity
•	 Procurement

deliverables
•	 Leverage all expertise 

to build global 
business

•	 Underpin speciality 
offer with cost and 
efficiency leadership

“Bolt-on” investments
accelerating growth in 
under-developed 
markets
•	 Creating business and 
technology platforms 
outside our ‘heartland’

•	 Leveraging existing 

technology, products 
and expertise to 
exploit opportunities

Accelerating growth in 
target segments
•	 Product and 

•	

technology in-fills
Improving innovation 
capability

77

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Strategic Progress and KPIs

Building a global, market-driven business

1. 

accelerating growth

2. 

excelling in innovation

We intend to accelerate our global expansion by being more focused 
on large, fast-growing segments where we can demonstrate 
differentiated added value. We will deliver our growth strategies 
through regional operational teams.

Our leading position in niche industrial markets is built on a highly 
responsive approach to customer needs and by leveraging our broad 
range of technologies.  

Progress:
We have established a new business structure to accelerate regional 
and segment growth. Global, market-focused teams are responsible 
for developing better customer insight and strong growth strategies, 
which are then delivered through regional operating teams in EMEA, 
North America and China. Our joint venture in Saudi Arabia is now 
manufacturing and we established a new sales and logistics 
operation in Shanghai, China, to augment our focus in Asia.

Progress:
Sales outside Europe %
Our global business strategies determine the prioritisation of 
Target
50
resource to drive our innovation portfolio, with marketing taking 
clear responsibility to lead innovation in partnership with R&D. In 
2013
2013, we signed a number of co-development agreements with 
major customers, reflecting our commitment to focus on customer 
2012
needs and market-driven innovation.  
2011

33

29

32

2010
KPI

29

The percentage of sales made from products launched
in the last three years %

Target

2013

2012

2011

2010

16.0

15.7

15.8

13.0

14.3

Objectives:
•	 Prioritised innovation addressing sustainability, functionality  
Asset Efficiency %1
or efficiency
Increase proportion of patent-protected innovation

•	
Target

17.0

2013

2012

2011

2010

Operating margins %2

Target

2013

2012

2011

2010

15.2

16.8

17.2

16.8

10.0

8.0

8.0

7.9

7.5

KPI

Sales outside Europe %

Target

2013

2012

2011

2010

33

32

29

29

Objectives:
The percentage of sales made from products launched
•	 Annual growth at least 3% higher than Eurozone GDP
in the last three years %
•	 50% of sales outside Europe
Target

2013

2012

2011

2010

Asset Efficiency %1

8

Target

Operating margins %2

2013

2012

2011

2010

Target

2013

2012

2011

2010

50

16.0

15.7

15.8

13.0

14.3

17.0

16.8

17.2

16.8

10.0

15.2

8.0

8.0

7.9

7.5

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 4.  

complementary m&a

We will augment our organic growth with M&A, which either 
accelerates our global expansion or supports our strategies in 
existing markets. 

Progress:
The acquisition of Texiplast in September 2013 adds a broad range 
of high-value geosynthetic products, which complements our 
existing Bonar EMEA civil offer. Based in Slovakia, Texiplast provides 
a strategic low-cost manufacturing base from which to also export 
into other regions.

Objectives:
•	 Build presence in North America and Asia
•	 Develop a global civil business
•	 Bolt-on leverageable products and technologies

Sales outside Europe %
Sales outside Europe %
Target
Target
2013
2013
2012
2012
2011
Driving efficiencies and building capability
2011
2010
2010

3. 

29
29
29
29

33
33

32
32

50
50

The percentage of sales made from products launched
in the last three years %
The percentage of sales made from products launched
in the last three years %
Our product and service offering is underpinned by relentless focus 
Target
on leadership in the following five areas: health & safety, quality, 
Target
deliveries, cost and innovation.
2013
2013
2012
Progress:
2012
2011
We have maintained operating margins at 8.0% despite a tough first 
2011
half of the year. Our asset efficiency ratio has reduced to 16.8% due 
2010
primarily to increased stock levels at the year-end.
2010

16.0
16.0
15.7
15.7

15.8
15.8

13.0
13.0

14.3
14.3

KPI
Asset Efficiency %1
Asset Efficiency %1
Target
Target
2013
2013
2012
2012
2011
2011
2010
2010

17.0
17.0
16.8
16.8
17.2
17.2

16.8
16.8

15.2
15.2

10.0
10.0

Operating margins %2
Operating margins %2
Target
Target
2013
2013
2012
2012
2011
2011
2010
2010
Objectives:
•	 Organisational capability, leadership and marketing
•	 Texiplast integration to maximise efficiencies and synergies

8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
7.9
7.9

7.5
7.5

1  Operating profit before amortisation and non-recurring items as a percentage of 

operating capital (property, plant & equipment, trade working capital and 
prepayments and accruals).

2  Operating profit before amortisation and non-recurring items as a percentage of sales.

9

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Strategy in Action

Texiplast Acquisition

Low & Bonar’s latest acquisition is an exciting addition to the Group’s civil 
engineering activities. Acquired in September 2013, Texiplast is a Slovakian 
producer of high-strength geosynethic products for demanding applications, 
particularly in soil reinforcement, with a strong market position in central and 
eastern europe.

Texiplast is an attractive business with a strong product range and innovative new 
technologies which will complement our existing products. It is a key building block for our 
Civil Engineering growth strategy, where we are looking to become a more integrated 
solution provider in this growing market. The acquisition will also strengthen our presence in 
Central and Eastern European markets and we see further benefits from leveraging and 
bundling our existing Bonar products through enhanced sales channels.

The Group paid €18.9m (£15.9m) to acquire Texiplast and expects to invest a further €1.5m 
over 2014 to bring health, safety and environmental performance up to Group standards.  
It has one manufacturing plant in Ivanka pri Nitre, near Bratislava, Slovakia, where it employs 
around 80 people on a full-time basis. 

At the same time, the Group successfully raised net proceeds of £20m from shareholders. 
The share placing financed the acquisition and gives the Group the flexibility to pursue other 
near-term growth ambitions. 

10

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Geographical Expansion

Low & Bonar (Shanghai) Trading company Limited is a wholly-
owned subsidiary of the Group, set up as a commercial hub to 
serve the chinese and Asia Pacific markets.

The establishment of a trading company in Shanghai in September 
2013 represents an important step in accelerating our growth in the 
region. China is the fastest growing of our target markets within the 
Interior and Transportation business unit, accounting for one third of 
the global demand for floor covering. It is also a high-growth market 
for car filtration and, with a huge investment in infrastructure, an 
important potential market for the Group’s civil engineering products.

The office is a central point for our staff, clients and partners to meet 
and exchange ideas, to support our local relationships and build our 
cultural understanding. In addition, we opened a warehouse and 
distribution hub in Chanzhou to optimise our service levels.

Several of Bonar’s major flooring customers already have 
manufacturing facilities in the region and producing products tailored 
to local requirements will be key to building market share. Many Bonar 
staff are already spending time in the region providing technical and 
commercial support and this is set to expand.

credit – Shaw industries Group inc.

11

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |chairman’s Statement
martin Flower

These are good results during  
a period of continued 
macroeconomic challenge in 
Europe and poor weather in the 
first half of the year, providing 
further evidence of the quality 
and resilience of our business 
and its growth prospects. 

martin Flower
Non-Executive Chairman

12

I am pleased to report that the Group had a strong second half and 
delivered another year of profit growth. 

Profit before tax, amortisation and non-recurring items on a constant 
currency basis increased by 2.7% on revenues up 2.8% on last year. 
The second half of the year saw like-for-like revenues increase by 
5.1% and pre-tax profits by 16.6% against a background of 
continuing macroeconomic weakness in Europe which accounts for 
about two thirds of Group sales. Including Texiplast, reported sales 
increased by 6.3% and pre-tax profits by 19.1% in the second half. 
Demand for our products remains robust and reflects the diversity 
and strength of our niche market positions and products.

Profit before tax, amortisation and non-recurring items rose 6.5% to 
£26.1m (2012: £24.5m). Earnings per share (“EPS”) were broadly 
unchanged at 6.2 pence (2012: 6.3 pence) taking into account the 
10% placing in September. Statutory profit before tax from 
continuing operations was £17.8m (2012: £6.1m) after non-recurring 
charges of £2.7m (2012: £12.6m) and an amortisation charge of 
£5.6m (2012: £5.8m). Non-recurring charges in 2013 principally relate 
to costs associated with acquiring Texiplast and starting-up our 
geotextile joint venture, Bonar Natpet, in Saudi Arabia.

Investing to drive future growth
During the year, the Group has made further investments totalling 
£21.2m to support management initiatives for future growth. 

To drive growth within the Group’s civil engineering sector, we 
acquired Texiplast, a manufacturer of soil reinforcement, separation, 
filtration and erosion control products for a net cash payment of 
€18.9m (£15.9m) on 6 September. The acquisition of Texiplast, which 
is performing well, enables Bonar to become a more integrated 
provider of solutions for civil engineering projects, provides sales 
leverage for the extended product range and improves access to 
Texiplast’s principal Central and Eastern European markets. We 
continue to seek other investment opportunities, including those 
outside of Europe.

The Group invested £11.3m (2012: £13.2m) in property, plant and 
equipment during the year to support volume growth in key markets. In 
addition, the Group’s joint venture in Saudi Arabia, Bonar Natpet, began 
manufacturing from its new factory. The joint venture, which will supply 
geotextiles to the fast growing Middle East civil engineering market, will 
gradually build sales during 2014. We are also planning to make further 
capital investments in Asia in the coming year.

We have continued to invest in organisational capability, particularly 
within sales and marketing in Bonar, both in North America and Asia. 
We have also strengthened the leadership team in Technical Coated 
Fabrics to support its strategy of driving growth through expansion in 
attractive niche markets and operational efficiency. Both of these 
investments are now delivering benefits. 

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Our Values

Freedom to operate
We empower our talented people to take 
initiative, to think and act for themselves.

Accountability
We accept our individual and team 
responsibilities and we meet our 
commitments and take responsibility  
for our performance in all our decisions  
and actions.

Innovation
We innovate in everything we do from 
products to processes and in our 
organisations to create value for our 
stakeholders.

Integrity
We maintain the highest ethical standards wherever we operate.  
We will ensure the health and safety of all our people and 
minimise our impact on the environment.

Open communication
We encourage and are committed to communicating in an open, 
honest and timely way.

Share Placing
The Group successfully completed a placing of ordinary shares 
representing 10% of its share capital on 11 September raising £20m. 
The proceeds funded the acquisition of Texiplast and will provide the 
Group with the flexibility and headroom to continue to pursue its 
growth ambitions. 

People
Our key asset is our people. Our current and future success rests 
entirely with them. I believe that Low & Bonar has a highly skilled and 
motivated team, which is ambitious to achieve further success. I 
would like to take this opportunity to thank them for their hard work 
during a challenging year.

Yarns 
Although conditions remain tough within the artificial grass yarns 
market, we are pleased that actions taken to reduce costs and 
improve performance have produced a small, but encouraging, profit 
this year. Further actions are being taken to improve performance 
within the Yarns business.

Increased dividend
To reflect the Board’s continuing confidence in the Group’s future, we 
are proposing a final dividend payment of 1.75 pence per share (2012: 
1.6 pence per share). Subject to shareholders’ approval at the Annual 
General Meeting (“AGM”) in March, the dividend will be paid on 17 
April 2014 to members registered as of 21 March 2014. The proposed 
full year dividend of 2.6 pence per share (2012: 2.4 pence per share) is 
covered 2.4 times (2012: 2.6 times) by earnings before amortisation 
and non-recurring items.

Steve Good has informed the Board of his intention to retire from full 
time executive roles. A search for a new Chief Executive has begun. 
Steve will remain in his current role until the second half of the year 
before handing over to his successor.

Outlook
The Group has continued to make investments to drive further 
growth: extending its product range in attractive segments with the 
acquisition of Texiplast and increasing its geographical reach. These 
investments are already contributing to the current year and further 
underpin the Board’s confidence in a continuation of cash generative, 
profitable growth.

martin Flower
4 February 2014

1313

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Performance review
Steve Good and mike holt

The Group has continued to make 
investments to drive further growth: 
extending its product range in 
attractive segments with the 
acquisition of Texiplast, and  
increasing its geographic reach.

These investments are already 
contributing to the current year  
and further underpin the Board’s 
confidence in a continuation of cash 
generative, profitable growth.

Steve Good
Group Chief Executive

mike holt
Group Finance Director

14

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Low & Bonar PLc is an international performance materials group 
using proprietary technologies to engineer polymers for a wide range 
of applications in niche industrial markets.

Sales and profit momentum resumed in second half

Revenues from external customers
Bonar
Technical Coated Fabrics
Yarns 

2013
£m

2012
£m

Actual

Constant 
currency(1)

245.6
124.7
32.8

238.7
+2.9% -0.3%
+8.2% +4.9%
115.3
26.5 +23.8% +21.4%

403.1

380.5

+5.9% +2.8%

Group operating margin(2)

8.0% 8.0%

(1)  Constant currency is calculated by retranslating comparative period results at current 

period exchange rates

(2)  Before amortisation and non-recurring items

It is pleasing to report strong sales and profit growth in both 
Technical Coated Fabrics and Yarns, where management actions are 
now beginning to deliver real improvement in these businesses 
including market share gains. Bonar faced difficult market conditions 
in Europe particularly during the first half of the year and a 
constrained recovery in the second half within Civil engineering. 

After a difficult first half, due to abnormal weather conditions across 
Europe which saw sales decline by 4.2% within Europe and 1.1% 
overall, sales for the second half were 5.1% ahead of last year on a 
like-for-like constant currency basis and 6.3% ahead including an 
in-line fourth quarter contribution of £2.5m from our recently 
acquired geosynthetic business in Slovakia, Texiplast. This resulted in 
like-for-like constant currency sales growth of 2.1% for the year as a 
whole, 2.8% up on last year with the inclusion of Texiplast. 

Group operating margins for the year were unchanged at 8.0%,  
but comfortably ahead during the second half of the year at 9.9% 
(H2 2012: 9.1%). Margins in the second half were buoyed by a small 
profit within Yarns and generally better volumes throughout the 
Group, particularly in North America and Europe, offsetting further 
investment in organisational capability. 

Investing and building for the future
The Group has continued to make investments to accelerate growth, 
increase capability and create a stronger business. As with last year, 
there have been three areas of focus: bolt-on acquisitions to expand 
either the Group’s product range or its geographic reach; capital 
expenditure; and investing in people and organisational change. 

On 6 September 2013, we announced the acquisition of Texiplast for 
€18.9m (£15.9m). Texiplast manufactures high strength geosynthetic 
products for demanding applications in the Civil Engineering market 
such as soil reinforcement, separation, filtration and erosion control. 
The acquisition extends our technology base and product range 
within civil engineering and enables a stronger solution sell within this 
important market for the Group. It also provides sales synergies for 
both Texiplast’s products and Bonar’s existing products and 
strengthens our position in the growing Central and East European 
market. Texiplast is performing in line with our expectations and is 
being integrated within the Bonar division.

We have made further capital investments to increase capacity and 
capability for target growth markets within Bonar and to improve 
operational efficiency within Technical Coated Fabrics. Full year 
expenditure was £11.3m, of which £5.3m was on expansion. In 
addition, our Saudi Arabian joint venture with NATPET, Bonar Natpet, 
has begun manufacturing products for the Civil Engineering market in 
the Middle East and will provide a strong platform to access this fast 
growing market over the next two years. 

The merger and reorganisation of Colbond and Fabrics, the two major 
businesses within the former Performance Technical Textiles division, 
to create Bonar has been completed, increasing its scope and scale to 
grow more globally. The enlarged business is organised regionally 
with global business roles directing overall strategy for our key civil 
engineering, flooring and building and industrial markets. In January 
2013, the merged business was re-branded “Bonar”. Bonar has a 
clear opportunity to leverage its successful European business and 
expertise in other regions and this organisational change is designed 
to accelerate this development and put it on a clear path to 
globalisation. In July 2013, the second phase was completed with 
regional management teams established for EMEA, North America 
and Asia accountable for the execution of the key market strategies. 
A new sales and logistics organisation was set up during the year in 
Shanghai, China to augment our focus in Asia, particularly in the fast 
growing Flooring market.

The Group therefore enters the new year in a much stronger position 
strategically, both in terms of market positioning and organisational 
capability and with capacity to deliver a year of significant progress. 
The successful share placing in September also provides the financial 
headroom and flexibility to continue to pursue growth opportunities.

Revenue

£403.1m

(2012: £380.5m)

Group Operating Margin

8.0%*

(2012: 8.0%)

* Before amortisation and non-recurring items

1515

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |The focus is now on accelerating growth, particularly outside of Europe. 
The division continues to seek investment opportunities in the USA and 
has recently set up a new sales team and warehousing in Shanghai, China 
to support and drive growth in Asia, with a particular focus on China, 
Taiwan, Malaysia and Australia. 

Our joint venture geotextile plant in Saudi Arabia began 
manufacturing shortly before the year-end. Utilisation is expected to 
gradually build up during the upcoming year and the joint venture is 
expected to make a small but positive profit contribution. Importantly, 
the ramp-up will free up much needed capacity within Europe to 
support growth in civil engineering. Capital expenditure totalled 
£7.5m within Bonar, which includes £2.5m on extending capacity and 
£2.9m relating to health and safety projects. Accident rates have 
reduced significantly this year and, whilst there remains some way to 
go to achieve all of our objectives, this year’s progress has been 
excellent. 

Bonar remains well positioned to grow in its European markets and 
continues to invest to accelerate its exposure to markets outside 
Europe, where significant growth opportunities exist for its products 
and technologies.

Performance review
(continued)

Bonar
Our Bonar division supplies products such as geosynthetics, carpet tile 
backing, agrotextiles and construction fibres to the civil engineering, 
flooring, transport, industrial and construction sectors. 

2013

2012

Actual

Constant
currency(1)

Revenue
Operating profit(2)
Operating margin(2)

£245.6m  £238.7m 
£23.0m  £25.0m
9.4%  10.5%

+2.9%
-0.3%
-8.0% -11.5%

(1)   Constant currency is calculated by retranslating comparative period results at current 

period exchange rates

(2)  Before amortisation and non-recurring items

Reported sales were 2.9% above last year. Sales on a constant 
currency basis, including a £2.5m contribution from Texiplast, were 
flat. First half sales were 5.3% lower than last year on a like-for-like 
basis, due to the abnormal weather conditions across Europe 
affecting civil engineering and building products markets which were 
both nearly 10% down and account for about 50% of divisional 
sales. Second half sales on a like-for-like basis were 2.2% ahead of 
last year as Civil Engineering (+2.6%) and Building Products (+8.9%) 
sales recovered, albeit the recovery within Civil Engineering was 
constrained by inventory shortages and extended lead-times. A 
maiden contribution from Texiplast advanced civil engineering sales 
by a further 5.2% in the second half, in line with our expectations. 
The acquisition provides a strong platform for future growth. Building 
product sales were strong in the USA with increased demand within 
the residential property market offsetting softness in the European 
commercial market. 

Underlying sales to the Flooring market were steady throughout the 
year. North American and Asian volumes continue to grow; however 
demand has been lacklustre in Europe. Automotive sales were 
disappointing, down 5.6% on last year, as a key customer switched 
sourcing on one of its platforms part-way through the year. Industrial 
markets were mixed. Good progress continued in new filtration 
applications; however, this was offset by a more subdued agricultural 
screens market. 

The integration of the Colbond and Fabrics commercial activities was 
completed during the year creating a new “go-to-market” organisation. 

16

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Mina de Cobre in Panama

The Mina de cobre is a large open-pit copper development project in  
Panama, located 120 kilometres west of Panama city and 20 kilometres  
from the caribbean Sea coast, in the district of donoso, colon province,  
in the republic of Panama.

During the year, construction commenced on:

•	 connection roads between the copper mine and storage facilities at the 

nearby port;

•	 a storage facility for the copper ores at the port; and

•	 a new terminal for overseas transportation.

Bonar has supplied a large quantity of Bontec NW non-woven products and 
EnkaGrid Max 20 to assist in this construction. Examples of the use of Bonar 
products in this project include:

•	 installation of silt fences as an environmental measure in order to avoid 

landsliding during construction;

•	 road construction and the installation of a 60,000m2 platform on the site  

as a storage area; and

•	 installation of ditches around this platform to act as protection.

Bonar

Revenue

£245.6m

(2012: £238.7m)

Operating Profit

£23.0m

(2012: £25.0m)

Operating Margin

9.4%

(2012: 10.5%)

1717

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Performance review
(continued)

Technical coated Fabrics 
Our Technical Coated Fabrics division, Mehler Texnologies (“MTX”), 
supplies products such as side curtains for lorry trailers, advertising 
banners, tensioned structures, awnings, marquees and tarpaulins to 
the print, architectural and transport markets. 

2013

2012

Actual

Constant
 currency(1)

Revenue
Operating profit(2)
Operating margin(2)

£124.7m  £115.3m 
£12.1m  £10.7m
 9.3%

9.7%

+8.2%
+4.9%
+13.1% +13.2%

(1)  Constant currency is calculated by retranslating comparative period results at current 

period exchange rates

(2)  Before amortisation and non-recurring items

Sales on a constant currency basis grew by 4.9%. Sales were better 
than last year in all major sectors and margins improved by 40bps to 
9.7% with constant currency operating profits growing by 13.2%. 
The rate of sales growth was particularly strong in the second half of 
the year (+6.1%). Improved margins reflect increased volumes, but 
more importantly management’s focus on margins within the trailer 
and niche industrial markets. 

In the Transport sector, sales to the trailer side curtain market 
advanced 7.1% due to share gains and increased activity in the new 
truck market. Sales in the Industrial sector were also strong, up 
6.7% on last year with growth in container applications and 
increased demand in higher-end print applications, whilst 
competition from low-cost Asian competitors continued to take 
uncontested share gains in low-end applications. In the Leisure 
sector, sales to boat and pool applications were also lower as these 
markets continue to suffer from reduced discretionary spending; 
Southern Europe was, as expected, particularly weak. The division 
has continued to build its capability to directly service regions 
outside of Europe with new investments having been made to 
accelerate progress in India, Brazil and the USA. Capital expenditure 
totalled £4.6m and included £2.0m on improving manufacturing 
capability.

Further progress has been made in improving operating efficiencies, 
a key focus of the leadership team. Despite significant improvement 
in the management of health and safety risk, accident rates 
increased. Health and safety related capital expenditure was £0.9m.

The division has attractive growth opportunities in Architectural, 
Industrial and other niches and this, combined with a commitment 
to operational excellence, will drive further improvements in the 
growth and quality of earnings.

Palais Thermal

At Palais Thermal, located at the Bad Wildbad in the Black Forest, Germany, MTX 
worked in close co-operation with the architect to construct a highly aesthetic screen 
and wind shield on a multistory building housing a health resort. Valmex FR 1600, 
Mehatop F, the strongest tensile architecture fabric available in the market, was 
selected as the right solution. This product can absorb forces from the most severe 
weather conditions and transfer them to the steel poles and into the building. 

18

Technical 
coated Fabrics

Revenue

£124.7m

(2012: £115.3m)

Operating Profit

£12.1m

(2012: £10.7m)

Operating Margin

9.7%

(2012: 9.3%)

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Yarns 
Our Yarns division supplies yarns used in the manufacture of artificial 
grass in sports and landscaping applications as well as yarns used as 
a backing material in the manufacture of woven carpets. 

Revenue
Operating profit/(loss)(2)
Operating margin(2)

2013

2012

Actual

Constant
 currency(1)

£32.8m £26.5m +23.8% +21.4%

£0.5m £(1.8)m
(6.8)%

1.5%

(1)   Constant currency is calculated by retranslating comparative period results at current 

period exchange rates

(2)  Before amortisation and non-recurring items

The business, which represents 8% of Group sales, made significant 
progress this year. Sales volumes increased by 24% partly through 
slightly easier, although still tough, market conditions but mainly 
through share gains. Sales to the USA and the Middle East were 
particularly strong. Actions taken last year to reduce costs across the 
business added to operational leverage to deliver a small operating 
profit of £0.5m. We are continuing to work on additional measures 
to improve performance and the Group is confident that the 
business will make further progress in 2014. 

Al Ain

Al Ain is the most successful football club in the UAE, and the only UAE side to win the AFC 
Champions League. Founded in 1968, the club has already won 54 major tournaments in 
the region, including 14 league titles.

Their new stadium field is natural turf, but uses the Bonar Yarns MN Ultra yarn in the pitch 
surround. Outside and next to the stadium are four large size five-a-side pitches, featuring 
Bonar Yarns FB Ultra yarn in Sports Green for the play areas and Olive Green for the surround. 
The installation was carried out by Support in Sport, the same company that constructed and 
installed the Saracens rugby pitch at Allianz Park, London utilising Bonar yarns.

Yarns

Revenue

£32.8m

(2012: £26.5m)

Operating Profit

£0.5m

(2012: loss of £1.8m)

Operating Margin

1.5%

(2012: (6.8)%)

19

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Financial review

Pre-tax profit
Profit before tax, amortisation and non-recurring items from 
continuing operations increased by 6.5% to £26.1m (2012: £24.5m), 
an increase of 2.7% on a constant currency (underlying) basis. 
Operating profits were 5.6% higher than last year at £32.2m (2012: 
£30.5m) including a contribution of £0.4m from Texiplast, acquired 
on 6 September 2013. On an underlying basis, operating profits were 
1.9% ahead. Statutory profit before tax was £17.8m (2012: £6.1m) 
after a net non-recurring charge of £2.7m (2012: £12.6m) and a 
£5.6m charge for amortisation (2012: £5.8m).

non-recurring items
The Group incurred £0.9m of costs in connection with its acquisition 
of Texiplast and £0.1m in relation to potential acquisitions. In 2012, 
costs of £0.7m were incurred in relation to acquisitions, mainly in 
respect of the acquisition of Xeroflor. A further £1.2m (2012: £0.2m) 
of non-recurring costs arose in relation to the start-up of the Group’s 
joint venture, Bonar Natpet, which was commissioned during the 
second half of the year. This included £0.6m (2012: nil) of the Group’s 
share of costs borne by the joint venture. 

Other non-recurring costs related to the set-up of a new legal entity, 
sales office and warehousing facility in China (£0.3m) and the 
integration of the Group’s principal Performance Technical Textile 
operations into a single global business, Bonar, which began last year 
(£0.2m (2012: £0.5m)).

The carrying value of assets within each Cash Generating Unit has 
been reviewed and no impairment or write-back has been booked. 
Last year, an impairment charge of £11.2m was booked against the 
assets within the Yarns business.

Taxation
The overall tax charge on the profit before tax was £5.0m (2012: 
£4.7m). The tax charge on profit from continuing operations before 
amortisation and non-recurring items was £6.8m (2012: £6.4m), a 
rate of 26.0% (2012: 26.0%). The full effective tax rate during 2013 
was 27.9% (2012: 77.5%), substantially lower than last year due to 
the non-deductible asset impairment arising in 2012. Prior year 
adjustments increased the tax rate by 1.2% (2012: reduced by 2.3%) 
and relate primarily to changing estimates in respect of earlier years. 
The tax rate on profit from continuing operations before amortisation 
and non-recurring items for 2014 is expected to be marginally higher 
than 2013 due principally to recent legislative changes in the 
Netherlands.

Acquisitions
On 6 September 2013, the Group acquired Texiplast for a net cash 
consideration of €18.9m (£15.9m). The fair value of assets totalled 
£10.2m including marketing and customer relationship intangible 
assets of £0.7m. Goodwill arising on the acquisition was £5.7m. 
Texiplast’s business has been integrated into our Bonar segment, and 
contributed £2.5m and £0.4m to the Group’s sales and operating 
profit before amortisation and non-recurring items for the year 
respectively.

The acquisition was funded by a 10% placing of ordinary shares, 
which raised £19.8m net of costs. The placing also provides flexibility 
and headroom for the Group to pursue its growth ambitions.

cash
Overall net debt increased to £86.8m from £82.6m at November 
2012. Cash inflow from operations was £39.6m (2012: £40.3m) 
excluding a shareholder loan of £9.1m to the Group’s 50/50 Saudi 
Arabian joint venture, Bonar Natpet. Since year-end, £6.0m has been 
repaid and the balance of the loan is expected to be repaid in the 
coming year. 

Trade working capital as a percentage of sales increased from 22% 
last year to 23%, contributing to a cash outflow into working capital 
of £4.8m (2012: £4.3m) excluding the joint venture loan. 

During the year, the Group spent £15.9m (2012: £8.6m) on 
acquisitions and joint ventures, £11.3m (2012: £13.2m) on property, 
plant and equipment and £2.1m (2012: £1.0m) on intangible assets. 
Excluding replacement and health and safety capital expenditure, the 
amount invested in driving future growth was £5.3m (2012: £9.5m).

The analysis of the Group’s total net debt is as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents
Total bank debt

Total net debt

2013
£m

2012
£m

17.9
(104.7)

26.9
(109.5)

(86.8)

(82.6)

The gearing ratio of total net debt to EBITDA was unchanged at  
1.9 times.

Pensions
The charges for pensions are calculated in accordance with the 
requirement of IAS 19 Employee Benefits. During the year, the 
Group’s UK defined benefit scheme continued to adopt a lower risk 
investment strategy in which the interest rate and inflation risks were 
more closely hedged and the exposure to equities was held at 27% of 
the scheme’s assets (2012: 25%). The UK scheme deficit has reduced 
to £3.8m (2012: £15.1m), principally due to the outperformance of 
the scheme’s assets against their expected return. The deficit in the 
Group’s overseas schemes in Belgium, Germany and the USA reduced 
to £8.9m (2012: £9.7m).

20

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 return on capital
The Group’s return on operating capital employed at the year end 
was 16.8% (2012: 17.2%).

earnings per share 
Earnings per share before amortisation and non-recurring items were 
marginally lower than last year at 6.2 pence per share (2012: 6.3 pence) 
due to a higher number of shares following the share placing in 
September. The weighted average number of shares was 301.0 million 
(2012: 288.4 million).

dividends
Taking into account performance during the second half of the year 
and our confidence in the future prospects of the Group, the Board is 
recommending a final dividend of 1.75 pence per share (2012: 1.6 
pence), increasing the full year dividend to 2.6 pence per share  
(2012: 2.4 pence). Subject to shareholders’ approval at the Annual 
General Meeting in March, the dividend will be paid on 17 April 2014 
to members registered as of 21 March 2014. The proposed full year 
dividend is covered 2.4 times by earnings before amortisation and 
non-recurring items.

EPS*

6.2p

(2012: 6.3p)

PBTA*

£26.1m

(2012: £24.5m)

Full Year Dividend

2.6p

(2012: 2.4p)

* Before amortisation and non-recurring items

2121

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Principal risks and uncertainties

The Group has an established risk management framework which is designed to identify, 
evaluate and manage the risks and uncertainties facing the Group. Within this framework we 
classify risks into four distinct categories according to their potential impact upon the Group:

Identify

Evaluate

Mitigate

Strategic – risks impacting  
long-term strategic objectives.

Operational – risks arising during  
day-to-day activities which if not  
managed could impact upon the  
running of the business.

Financial – risks impacting directly  
upon the finances of the business.

compliance – risks relating to legal and 
regulatory sanctions and damage to 
goodwill arising from failure to comply 
with applicable laws and regulations.

Formal responsibility for risk matters set 
out in the Group Risk Register is divided 
between the Board, the Audit 
Committee, the Remuneration 
Committee and the Risk Oversight 
Committee. Internal audit also has a 
direct reporting line to the Audit 
Committee and attends Audit 
Committee meetings by invitation. As 
careful management of risk is also a key 
management activity, the Group’s work 
in the area of operational risk 
management has been facilitated by the 
Risk Oversight Committee. 

The key risks noted below are evaluated 
by these bodies as a standing agenda 
item at each of the relevant meetings in 
terms of the probability of the risk 
occurring and the impact it would have 
on the Group. 

Each identified risk has  
a mitigation process 
developed for it including 
how often the mitigation 
activity takes place, who  
is accountable for the 
process, the timetable for 
the assessment of the 
adequacy of the mitigation 
strategy and who will 
undertake the assurance  
to ensure that the risk is 
mitigated.  

rISK

MITIGATInG STrATeGY

 Global economic activity

The Group may be adversely affected by global 
economic conditions, particularly in its principal 
markets in mainland Europe and North America. 
The volatility of international markets could result 
in reduced levels of demand for the Group’s 
products, a greater risk of customers defaulting 
on payment terms, supply chain risk and a higher 
risk of inventory obsolescence.

 Growth strategy 

The Board believes that growth, both organic 
and through acquisitions, is a fundamental part 
of its strategy for the Group. The Board reviews 
such growth opportunities on an ongoing basis 
and its acquisition strategy is based on 
appropriate acquisition targets being available 
and on acquired companies being integrated 
rapidly and successfully into the Group.

 Organic growth/competition 

The markets in which the Group operates are 
competitive with respect to price, geographic 
distinction, functionality, brand recognition and 
the effectiveness of sales and marketing.

Local operating management monitor their own markets and are empowered to respond quickly 
to changing conditions. Production costs may be quickly flexed to balance production with 
demand, including the use of short-time working arrangements where available. Further actions, 
such as reducing the Group’s cost base and cancelling or delaying capital investment plans, are 
available to allow continued profitability and cash generation in the face of a sustained reduction 
in volumes.
The Group has a broad base of customers. Group policies ensure customers are given an 
appropriate level of credit based on their trading history and financial status, and a prudent 
approach is adopted towards credit control. Credit insurance is used where available.
Procurement management mitigate supply chain risk by identifying and qualifying alternative 
sources of key raw materials.

The current focus of the Group is on profitable, cash-generative organic growth supplemented 
by acquisitions where appropriate.
The senior management team is experienced and has successfully executed and integrated 
several acquisitions and joint ventures in the past. Acquisitions are made subject to clearly defined 
criteria in existing or adjacent segments whose products and technologies are well understood, 
and only after extensive pre-acquisition due diligence. Acquisition proposals are supported by a 
detailed post-acquisition integration plan that is rigorously managed through to completion.

The Group has chosen to operate in attractive niche markets within the technical textile 
industry, using proprietary technology to manufacture products which are important 
determinants of the performance and/or efficiency of our customers’ final product or process.
Significant resources are dedicated to developing and maintaining strong relationships with our 
customers, and to developing new and innovative products which meet their precise needs. 
The Board believes that these factors maintain the Group’s strong competitive position.

22

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 rISK

 cyber security

MITIGATInG STrATeGY

Disruption to or penetration of our information 
technology platforms could have a material 
adverse effect on the Group.

The Group has business continuity measures in place to minimise the impact of any disruption to 
its operations. The Group’s information technology resources are continuously monitored and 
maintained by appropriately trained staff and safeguards are in place to provide security of our 
networks and data.

 Business continuity 

The occurrence of major operational problems 
could have a material adverse effect on the 
Group. These may include risks of fire or major 
environmental damage.

 raw material pricing 

The Group’s profitability can be affected by the 
purchase price of its key raw materials and its 
ability to reflect any changes through its selling 
prices. The Group’s main raw materials are 
polypropylene, polyester, nylon, polyethylene 
and PVC. The prices of these raw materials are 
volatile, and they are influenced ultimately by oil 
prices and the balance of supply and demand for 
each polymer.

 employees 

The Group is reliant on its ability to attract, 
develop and retain key employees.

 Funding

The Group, like many other companies, is 
dependent on its ability to both service its 
existing debts and to access sufficient funding to 
refinance its liabilities when they fall due and to 
provide sufficient capital to finance its growth 
strategy.

 Treasury

Foreign exchange is the most significant treasury 
risk for the Group. The reported value of profits 
earned by the Group’s overseas entities is 
sensitive to the strength of Sterling, particularly 
against the Euro and, to a lesser extent, the US 
Dollar. The Group is exposed to a lesser extent to 
other treasury risks such as interest rate risk and 
counterparty credit risk.

 Pension funding

The Group may be required to increase its 
contributions into its defined benefit pension 
schemes to cover funding shortfalls. The funding 
may be affected by poor investment 
performance of pension fund investments, 
changes in the discount rate applied and longer 
life expectancy of members.

 Laws and regulations

The Group’s operations are subject to a wide 
range of laws and regulations, including 
employment, environmental and health and 
safety legislation, along with product liability and 
contractual risks.

The Group has business continuity/disaster recovery plans in place to minimise the impact of any 
disruption to its operations and has process controls and proactive maintenance programmes 
designed to avoid problems arising. These are supported by regular site visits from risk 
management and internal audit staff, and training programmes provided by the Health, Safety 
and Environment Committee.
Where appropriate, risks are partially transferred through insurance programmes.

The Group has a good level of expertise in polymer purchasing and uses a number of suppliers to 
ensure a balance between competitive pricing and continuity of supply.
The Group’s focus on operating efficiencies and the strength of its product propositions has in 
the past allowed the effect of raw material cost increases to be successfully mitigated.

Employee retention and development is a key feature in ensuring the continued success of the 
Group. Employees are recruited and regularly appraised against a formal job specification. Formal 
policies cover all material aspects of employment and we are committed to high standards of 
health and safety at work, effective communication with employees and employee development.
We empower our people to take initiative, to think and act for themselves.

The Group manages its capital to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern, to optimise 
its capital structure and to provide sufficient liquidity to support its operations and the Board’s 
strategic plans. The Group’s borrowing requirements are regularly reforecast to ensure funding is 
in place to support its operations and growth plans. Compliance with the covenants associated 
with these facilities is closely monitored.

Group policy aims to naturally hedge transactional foreign exchange risks by buying and selling in 
the same currency. Policy in relation to residual risk ensures treasury activities are focused on the 
management of risk with high quality counterparties; no speculative transactions are undertaken. 
The Group uses financial instruments to manage the exposures that may arise from its business 
operations as a result of movements in financial markets.

The main Group scheme is closed to new members and to future benefit accrual; and 
assumptions, including funding rates, are set in line with the actuaries’ recommendations. 
Regular dialogue takes place with pension fund trustees and the Board regularly discusses 
pension fund strategy.

The Group’s policy manuals ensure all applicable legal and regulatory requirements are met or 
exceeded in all territories in which it operates, and ongoing programmes and systems monitor 
compliance and provide training for relevant employees.
Product liability risks are managed through stringent quality control procedures covering review 
of goods on receipt and prior to despatch and all manufacturing processes. Insurance cover, 
appropriate for the nature of the Group’s business and its size, is maintained. The Group also 
seeks to minimise risks through its terms and conditions of trading.

2323

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |corporate Social responsibility

Corporate responsibility lies at the heart of Low & Bonar’s business 
values, and we understand that our stakeholders, ranging from our 
site neighbours and employees through to our customers and 
investors, have rising expectations of both our corporate responsibility 
commitment and performance. Whilst each of our business values has 
a corporate responsibility context, it remains our value of integrity, 
which we describe as “maintaining the highest ethical standards 
wherever we operate ...and to ensure the health and safety of all our 
people and minimise our impact on the environment”, through which 
we bring corporate responsibility into our day-to-day business 
operations and practices.

2013 has again been a period during which we have focussed 
significant effort, resource and capital in key areas of our corporate 
responsibility management programmes across all of our businesses. 
We remain committed to reviewing all aspects of our corporate 
responsibility management processes and looking for opportunities to 
improve them, as we are clear that by doing so we will secure the 
long-term strategy of the Group. 

Greenhouse gas emissions
This year, we also report for the first time our Global Greenhouse Gas 
Emission Footprint. This emission data covers all direct and indirect 
emissions for all relevant Group companies. More information is 
included on page 29.

Divisional environmental overview
MTX continues to operate its “Eco-care” programme to demonstrate 
its commitment to environmental issues. The programme has been 
designed to bring the responsible management of energy and 
resources, sustainable materials and recycling of coated textiles under 
one all-embracing label. The Eco-care concept accompanies products 
throughout their life cycle, including incorporation of ecological 
criteria in the selection of raw materials, the use of less 
environmentally harmful production processes,  
the use of recyclable packaging materials and participation in  
the development of recycling systems. More information  
and a brochure on Eco-care can be found at  
www.mehler-texnologies.com/EN/texnologies/eco-care.php.

environment
Environmental management remains a key area of focus for the 
Group. We recognise that we have an environmental impact through 
our use of raw materials, our manufacturing processes and our 
products. We continually seek to improve in all aspects of our 
environmental management and regard compliance with 
environmental regulation as the minimum standard to be achieved.

Bonar focuses its efforts on energy efficiency, the reduction of 
process emissions, the replacement of virgin raw materials with 
recycled material, where possible, and the minimisation of waste. 
Active plans are in place to support continuous improvement and 
these plans will be enhanced by improved reporting metrics and the 
broader adoption of certified environmental management systems as 
described above. 

Currently, Low & Bonar is reviewing its environmental programme, 
and is developing a new Environmental Management Policy 
statement. We are also considering our environmental management 
system approach and key performance indicators for environmental 
performance across all of our businesses and manufacturing sites.

Our businesses play a key role in environmental management and 
their environmental impacts are specific to their manufacturing 
processes and locations, as well as to their product portfolios. Each 
business has local environmental policies and improvement plans in 
place to support the Group environmental policy, and environmental 
performance metrics form an integral part of their management 
information. Each business therefore seeks to continuously improve 
the management of their environmental impacts, ensure that their 
existing products provide the best environmental performance 
available and, where possible, to innovate with new products that 
have sustainability at their core, and to add real value to our 
customers.

Environmental management systems 
Currently, Bonar’s two manufacturing sites in Belgium and our 
operation in China have been certified to the Environmental 
Management Systems ISO 14001:2004. Bonar are currently looking to 
expand the number of sites certified to this standard, and are in the 
process of developing a two-year programme to include the majority 
of its sites. A similar review is being undertaken by Yarns.

Meanwhile, all of MTX’s and Bonar’s manufacturing sites in Germany 
are looking to implement the ISO 50001:2011 Energy Management 
Systems Standard over a two year period.

Yarns also places environmental management and performance  
at the heart of its business. Yarns use a technology which allows 
recycling of much of the polymer waste from the production process 
by re-extruding it into pellets, which are then reused as raw material 
in specific products, making the production process both 
environmentally and financially efficient. 

Low & Bonar products
The Group is proud of its many products, which, as well as providing 
excellent quality and value, often support our customers in reducing 
the environmental footprint within their supply chain. As an example 
of our work on implementing plans for continuous improvement in 
this area, Xeroflor was awarded silver “cradle-to-cradle” certification 
in 2013 for its XF 300, XF 301, XF 317 and XF 324 products. Bonar’s 
Belgian operations produced 40 tons of biodegradable tapes made 
from PLA this year and, following a review of its manufacturing 
process in Germany, is planning a new winder which will lead to 
tighter rolls, ensuring that more rolls can be transported in one 
customer delivery and thereby reducing the product miles impact.

Alternative energy infrastructure and energy 
saving products
Alternative energy sources such as biogas are becoming increasingly 
important. Biogas is highly volatile and explosive, and must be stored 
in containers that offer maximum levels of safety. Flexible VALMEX® 
enviro pro gas tanks, manufactured by Mehler Texnologies, are ideally 
suited to this application due to their special fabric design meeting 
strict safety standards. Further details can be found at www.
mehler-texnologies.com/EN/products/ environment/index.php. There 
has been a further expansion of our range of greenhouse screens 
with two recent product lines (Lumina and Clima ranges) which have 
been designed to reduce energy consumption in greenhouses. 

24

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Texiplast Products

The acquisition this year of Texiplast, based in Slovakia, adds to our civil engineering market sector 
product range and complements our solutions sales strategy for this sector. This is especially the case  
in the extension of our grids and high-tensile woven geotextiles product ranges. 

The main functionality of these geogrid and high-tensile woven textiles products, produced by a weaving or  
knitting process, is the reinforcement of infrastructure works such as roads, steep slopes, bridge abutments  
and embankments.

The products can have a valuable environmental impact. When used as part of a precision engineering design the 
soil is reinforced to such an extent that the amount of traditional building materials like gravel, stones and concrete 
needed to create a stable structure can be significantly reduced.

Case studies issued by the Geosynthetical Institute show that, when replacing traditional material solutions with 
geosynthetic reinforcement materials, not only are costs significantly reduced, but the carbon footprint of that 
element of the project is also reduced. 

2525

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |corporate Social responsibility
(continued)

Ground management and groundcover materials
Bonar continues to supply its weed-controlling groundcovers (which 
reduce or eliminate the need for pesticides) and soil-stabilising and  
filtering geotextiles which provide protection against soil erosion and 
contamination. A key component of Bonar’s sustainable groundcover 
product range is Duracover, a 100% bio-based textile/compostable 
groundcover earning a 4-star certificate from AIB Vinçotte1.

1  Worldwide AIB Vinçotte provides more than 130 specialised and independent 

inspection, monitoring and certification services, analyses and tests for the most wide 
ranging applications in the field of electricity, hoisting apparatus, pressure equipment, 
civil engineering, safety in the work place, environmental protection and radiant 
protection.

Artificial grass
Yarns is a leading manufacturer of artificial grass yarns. The  
use of artificial grass reduces customer water consumption, along 
with consequent reductions in energy use and other emissions  
related to water production. Artificial grass also allows the end  
user to eliminate completely the use of fossil fuels for lawn or pitch 
maintenance and to avoid the harmful dispersion of fertilisers and 
herbicides into the environment.

Green building infrastructure materials
Bonar recognises the importance of “Green Building” design and that 
LEED2 Certification of buildings (along with other green building 
rating schemes) is becoming increasingly prominent. Bonar’s green 
roof products, compliance with energy performance criteria and 
optimisation of energy performance provide important aids to 
architects, landscape architects and engineers to help their buildings 
achieve LEED Certification.

2 

LEED certification is a recognised standard for measuring building sustainability. The 
LEED green building rating system, developed and administered by the U.S. Green 
Building Council, is designed to promote design and construction practices that 
increase profitability while reducing the negative environmental impacts of buildings 
and improving occupant health and well-being.

A significant enhancement of our green roof range took place recently as 
a result of our acquisition of the Xeroflor business in 2012. Xeroflor’s core 
activity is in the design and supply of value-added pre-vegetated mats 
used in green roof construction in both new and refurbished buildings. 
Xeroflor also supplies other key functional components in green roofing 
systems to a network of customers globally. 

environmental impacts and examples of 
improvement programmes
Raw material usage
Raw material usage is an important impact for all manufacturing 
businesses. Sourcing and the efficient use of raw material, including, 
where possible, the use of previously used or recycled material, 
remain important environmental management activities.

Bonar recently launched Colback® Green, a high-performance carpet 
backing made of 100% recycled raw materials. It contains post-
consumer recycled polyester and polyamide-6 generated from carpet 
waste and creates the first recycling loop for the face side of carpet 
tiles and broadloom carpet. Bonar’s Colbonddrain® range of 
products, a pre-fabricated vertical drain for accelerating soil 
consolidation in civil engineering projects, has a patented high-
performance drainage core made of polyolefin from recycled bottles, 
caps and labels. Bonar also offers EnkaRetain & Drain®, a drainage, 
protection and insulation layer developed to suit the demands of the 
growing North American green roof market, with a composite made 
from post-industrial recycled polypropylene.

26

Meanwhile MTX is now selling 1.8 million m2 of coated fabric based 
on recycled material, per annum, an increase of 20% compared to 
the prior year.

Yarns innovative Bonaeco® carpet yarns are made from 100% 
recycled material.

Energy management and the use of renewable 
energy
Energy use is a key manufacturing impact for Low & Bonar, as well as 
a significant cost. The Group’s businesses continually review 
opportunities to reduce energy use and review the balance of 
renewable energy in their energy mix.

Yarns are part of the UK Government’s Carbon Reduction 
Commitment (“CRC”) energy efficiency scheme and share the 
information across their international operations.

Since 2005, Bonar’s two sites in Belgium have been working with an 
energy audit organisation established under the framework of the 
Kyoto Protocol. Bonar’s non-woven and woven fabrics production site 
has been screened for its energy consumption and all significant 
energy uses in the plant were measured separately, enabling us to 
take targeted measures where necessary. For example, at our Lokeren 
site, a new lighting system was installed in the weaving department 
which resulted in a 50% increase in light intensity, creating a more 
pleasant work environment for our employees, and will also result in 
an annual energy saving of 170,000 KWh due to the use of the latest 
generation of lamps. This exercise will also be repeated in parts of the 
extrusion department. 

In addition, at Lokeren, there was an investment in a new chiller unit 
covering all extruders in the extrusion department. As a result of the 
investment, an older type refrigerant has been replaced and there will 
be an energy saving due to the higher efficiency of the installation 
and the use of free cooling capacity.

At our Arnhem site in the Netherlands, modifications were made to 
allow additional adjustments to plant controls which make it easier to 
control energy consumption. Compared to 2008, a saving on 
electricity of 15%, and 7% for gas, per m2 of production was reached 
in 2013. For 2014, a further investment is planned which will further 
reduce the gas consumption per m2 by 10%.

Our Xeroflor business has recently switched to a 100% renewable 
energy supply as part of its programme on “cradle-to-cradle” 
certification. 

Waste management 
Waste generation is a key environmental impact of our business, as 
well as a cost, and a waste hierarchy process which starts with 
avoiding waste production through to reuse and recycling has been 
adopted throughout our operations.

At MTX the recycling of PVC waste is key to environmental 
performance, and MTX is a member of and financial supporter of:

http://www.pvc-partner.com
http://www.aktion-pvc-recycling.de
http://www.vinyl2010.org

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 In seeking to minimise waste for customers, Bonar is taking 
advantage of its two-step Colback® manufacturing process which 
allows production of tailor-made widths. The Detection Cut 
Compensate (DCC) system on the Colback® fleecing lines in the 
Netherlands reduces length waste and also improves operator safety. 
This technology has been expanded into our Bonar operation in 
Asheville, USA, this year.

Following the installation of an online waste recycling unit on one of 
the extrusion lines at Lokeren to reduce waste levels last year, a 
second online recycling installation was completed this year. 

At our manufacturing site in Asheville, circa 275 US tons of waste 
materials, such as process by-product, waste packaging materials 
and obsolete materials, were diverted from landfill disposal. These 
were instead redirected toward reuse and recycling processes 
(equivalent to preventing 14 tractor trailer loads of waste from being 
placed in landfill).

Water
Water usage is not a significant environmental impact for the Group 
due to the nature of our manufacturing operations. However, as an 
important resource, water usage is tracked and monitored by Group 
companies and water management activities are reviewed. As an 
example, in 2013, the Zele site executed a water management 
programme which involved the separation of the waste water and 
process water circuit from the rainwater circuit, resulting in cleaner 
surface water in the non-woven plant. At the same site, in the 
construction fibre plant at Zele, a significant part of rainwater is now 
guided to a rain water basin, again resulting in cleaner surface water.

Management of health and safety 
The health and safety of our employees, as well as others who may 
be affected by the Group’s operations, remains a key management 
responsibility and priority throughout the business. Our focus on 
health and safety has continued this year as we continue to aim for 
improvement both in our health and safety performance and in our 
arrangements for managing health and safety.

In the year to 30 November 2013, the Group recorded an accident 
rate3 of 380, compared to a rate of 696 in 2012 and 748 in 2011. 
This represents a substantial improvement on last year’s performance 
and means that we have exceeded the interim Group accident rate 
target of 580, to be reached during this period. Our current 
performance compares well to the EU 27 accident rate of 1,6574, 
based on the same definition of accident rate used by Low & Bonar. 
This also meant that, during 2013, the number of sites that 
experienced a 3+ Day lost time accident (“LTA”) reduced to three. 

3  Number of work related accidents with more than 3 days’ absence that occurred 

during the year per 100,000 employees.

4  Based on EU Eurostat data – H&S at Work Statistics 2012.

However, we remain mindful that there is still room for 
improvement, and that accident statistics such as these continue to 
reveal only part of the story on successful health and safety 
management. As such, and as the Group reached the end of its 
interim target period in 2013, it has set a new interim target, this 
time based on total lost time accidents, not just 3+ day lost time 
accidents, in an attempt to further improve our health and safety 
management. Thus, whilst our goal remains zero accidents, the new 
total lost time accident incident rate5 target is 1,000, to be reached 
by 30 November 2015, representing a target of a further 33% 
improvement in the incidence rate.

5   Number of work related accidents that involve the loss of any time from work per 

100,000 employees.

We are also aware that health and safety culture is a key component 
of any health and safety management system. In order to 
understand our health and safety culture better, a survey of 156 
plant managers, supervisors, shift leaders and health, safety and 
environmental (“HSE”) professionals was carried out across all Group 
companies this year. The 87% response rate gives us a high degree 
of confidence in the survey findings which overall were positive, 
indicating high levels of understanding of our health and safety 
programme and strong commitment to deliver it. Many constructive 
comments were provided about what measures should be 
considered to support our on-going work to achieve a proactive 
health and safety culture and these are being followed up.

The group-wide health and safety strategy developed by the Global 
Health, Safety & Environmental Committee, a sub-committee of the 
Risk Oversight Committee, and approved by the Board of Directors 
in February 2012 remains in place, with good progress again made in 
implementing the strategy this year. The strategy supports both our 
“Zero Accident Goal” and “Best in Class” aspirations, and aims to 
embed a strong and proactive health and safety culture across all 
aspects of our business. The cornerstones of the strategy encompass 
improvements to visible leadership, risk-based management and 
health and safety competence, and a number of initiatives were 
either started this year or fully implemented group-wide. These 
included:

•	 the addition of three senior operations members to the Global 
HSE Committee to ensure enhanced employee engagement on 
HSE matters and ensure we are focussing on real risks within the 
Group;

•	 continuing the theme of employee engagement, Low & Bonar 

held its first global health and safety week this year, involving all 
group sites and focussing on fire prevention; 

•	 enhancement of our HSE resourcing continues in order to support 
our ambitious health and safety improvement program, as well as 
changes to supplement local site HSE resource with regional 
co-ordinators. Similarly, enhancements to health and safety 
operating expenditure and capital expenditure have been 
approved to facilitate our ability to deliver these changes;

•	 the embedding of a broader range of health and safety metrics 

which has enabled us to better understand our risk improvement 
opportunities. Within these new metrics, a first aid/ medical 
treatment category has been fully integrated, and the new 
category of “Near Miss” incident introduced last year has led to  
636 near miss reports being submitted in the last 12-month 
period, providing substantial information allowing us to further 
improve our focus on accident avoidance;

27

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |corporate Social responsibility
(continued)

•	 the development of risk management and accountability 

improvements via the enhancement of the Group, divisional and 
site risk registers;

•	 our Global Health and Safety Community, involving all plant 

managers and HSE professionals, which facilitates best practice 
exchange and is a key forum for professional development, 
continues to meet. A key focus this year was an industrial theatre 
event on behavioural safety interventions; 

•	 a process of best practice exchange visits has commenced, and will 
involve all business operations. These visits aim to identify best 
practices at locations and then share the information across the 
group so that we share the knowledge and experience that exists 
in the business;

•	 a global IT platform for Group health and safety information has 

been developed to improve accessibility to Group health and safety 
policies and standards, and population of this intranet site has 
commenced. Access to the site is being broadened to include all of 
our Global HSE Community members; and

•	 new Global Improvement Programmes on hand safety, slips, trips 
and falls and manual handling, which account for circa 80%  
of all of our accidents, have been developed with the aid of the 
Global HSE Community, and we have set ourselves the goal  
of implementing these improvement programmes over the next  
18 months.

The Group has maintained its strong working relationship with its 
insurance risk surveyors, insurance brokers and underwriters during 
the year, and recognises the important role played by these partners. 
Risk improvement recommendations made by risk surveyors as a 
result of site visits continue to provide valuable information to support 
risk improvement activities.

Human rights
As we do not believe it is necessary for an understanding of the 
development, performance or position of the Company’s business, 
this document does not contain detailed information about human 
rights issues or the Company’s policies in relation to those matters. 
However, the Company does wish to record its commitment to 
respecting the human rights of its employees and its commitment to 
operating in accordance with its legal obligations. Other parts of this 
report refer to its policies with regard to diversity amongst its 
workforce and our commitment to corporate social responsibility.

Gender diversity
The Board is mindful, in the context of the current focus on the value 
of gender diversity, of the Company’s approach to the diversity of its 
management and of the representation of women in senior roles. 
During the on-going process for appointment of our new Non-
Executive Director, a number of female candidates for the role were 
considered, and one ultimately appointed. We have not set, and do 
not intend to set, a specific target for the number of female members 
of the Board and wish to continue to appoint the best candidate 
available to us for any particular role. However, in setting the criteria 
for selection of candidates, for both executive and non-executive 
roles, the Group is conscious that it is possible to inadvertently 
discourage the successful candidacy of women and we intend to bear 
this in mind for all future appointments and to continue to have 
regard to the benefits of diversity, including as to gender. We have 
requested of our search consultants that they provide a sufficient 
number of female candidates for any future roles. 

The Group has a diversity policy under which Low & Bonar is 
committed to: ensuring that everyone should have the same 
opportunities for employment and promotion based on their ability, 
qualifications and suitability for the work in question; seeking 
excellence in our employees through the implementation of 
recruitment, incentivisation, performance review, development and 
promotion processes that are fair to all; and capitalising on the added 
value that diversity brings. We consider discrimination in the 
workplace on the basis of age, gender, disability, ethnic origin, 
nationality, sexual orientation, gender reassignment, religion or belief, 
marital status and pregnancy and maternity to be unacceptable.

The following table sets out a breakdown by gender showing at 
30 November 2013 (i) the number of persons who were directors of 
the Company; (ii) the number of persons who were senior managers 
of the Group (other than persons falling within sub-paragraph (i)); and 
(iii) the number of persons who were employees of the Group.

Directors
Senior managers1
Employees2

Number of 
men

5
3
1,529

%

83%
100%
75%

Number of 
women

1
0
529

%

17%
0%
25%

1   The Group has three senior managers: the managing directors of the business units, 

Bonar EMEA, Bonar NAFTA and MTX.

2   Employees of its consolidated subsidiaries excluding Bonar Natpet LLC.

28

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Greenhouse Gas Emissions

This is our first greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions report in 
line with uK mandatory reporting requirements as set out 
under the companies Act 2006 (Strategic and directors’ 
Reports) Regulations 2013. We have used the methodology 
set out by the department for environment, Food and rural 
Affairs (“deFrA”) environmental reporting guidelines 2013 to 
compile this report. As required, we have reported on our 
scope 1 and 2 emissions. These are direct emissions, such as 
heating and vehicle fuel, and indirect emissions such as 
purchased electricity. We have captured all material 
qualifying emissions from around the Group.

These sources fall within our consolidated financial statement. We 
do not have responsibility for any emission sources that are not 
included in our consolidated financial statements. Where data relates 
to a joint venture (or similar) the emissions have been apportioned 
on the basis of equity ownership. 

We have computed our emissions using the DEFRA Environmental 
Reporting Guidelines: including mandatory greenhouse gas 
emissions reporting guidance issued in June 2013. 

For our UK operations, we have used the UK Government’s 2013 
conversion factors. For non-UK operations we have used the relevant 
government data where that is available. Where no local 
government data was available to us, we have used the best 
available source. Our total GHG footprint in line with these 
guidelines is 121,892 tonnes of CO2e equivalent to 302.4 tonnes of 
CO2e per £1m of Group revenue.

We continue to work on initiatives to improve our energy efficiency, 
and reduce the carbon intensity of our operations as described 
elsewhere in this Corporate Social Responsibility section.

Low & Bonar PLC emission data for period
1 december 2012 to 30 november 20131 

Energy for own use
Process emissions
Fugitive emissions
Vehicle related emissions

Total cO2e

company’s chosen intensity 

measurement:

emissions reported above  
per £1m of Group revenue2

Tonnes 
of CO2e

102,347
19,361
100
84

121,892

302.4

1.  As this is the first year of reporting on mandatory GHG there is no prior year 

comparative.

2.  This is based on the revenue of Low & Bonar PLC for the year to 30 November 2013. 
The diverse and complex nature of the company’s operations means that a metric 
based on units of production would not provide a consistent picture. Similarly, there 
is no meaningful relationship between occupied floor area or employee numbers 
and the carbon intensity of our operations. The management team will continue to 
monitor and review the appropriateness of the intensity ratio.

2929

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 | 
 
 
 
Board of directors

Martin Flower
chairman (67)

Steve Good
Group chief executive (52)

Mike Holt
Group Finance Director (53)

Appointed Non-Executive Director: January 
2007. Appointed Chairman: June 2010.

Appointed as a Director and Group Chief 
Executive: September 2009. 

Appointed as Director and Group Finance 
Director: November 2010. 

experience:
Previously Chief Executive of Coats plc, a 
company in which he spent his entire 
executive career having joined in 1968. 
Former Deputy Chairman of Severn Trent Plc 
and formerly Chairman of Alpha Group plc. 

experience:
A chartered accountant, he was previously 
Group Finance Director of Vp plc for six years 
and, prior to that, held a number of senior 
financial positions with Rolls-Royce Group plc 
in the UK, the USA and Hong Kong. 

experience:
Joined Low & Bonar in 2004, serving first as 
the Managing Director of its Plastics Division, 
until its sale in 2005, and then as Director of 
New Business helping to shape the Group’s 
strategy. From 2006 to 2009, he was 
Managing Director of the Technical Textiles 
Division, which has been the sole business 
activity of Low & Bonar since the disposal of 
the Floors Division in 2008. Prior to joining 
Low & Bonar, he spent 10 years with Clariant 
(formerly BTP plc) in a variety of leadership 
positions managing international speciality 
chemical businesses. He is a chartered 
accountant.

Steve Hannam

John Sheldrick

Trudy Schoolenberg

Senior non-executive Director, chairman 

non-executive Director, chairman of 

non-executive Director (54)

of remuneration committee (64)

audit committee (64)

Appointed as a Non-Executive Director: 

Appointed as a Non-Executive Director: 

Appointed as a Non-Executive Director: May 

September 2002. 

experience:

October 2011. 

experience:

Formerly Non-Executive Director with 

Group Finance Director of Johnson Matthey 

Formerly Vice-president of Global Research 

Clariant AG, Chairman of Aviagen 

Plc until his retirement in 2009. Formerly 

and Development at Wartsila Oy, having 

International Inc., Non-Executive Director of 

Non-Executive Director of GKN plc and API 

previously worked for 21 years for Royal 

AZ Electronic Materials Services Limited and 

Group Plc. 

Group Chief Executive of BTP Chemicals plc. 

2013. 

experience:

Dutch Shell plc. 

external appointments:
Chairman of Croda International Plc and a 
Non-Executive Director of Morgan Advanced 
Materials plc. 

external appointments:
None.

external appointments:
Trustee and treasurer of Target Ovarian 
Cancer.

external appointments:

external appointments:

external appointments:

Chairman of Devro plc and a Non-Executive 

Non-Executive Director of Fenner PLC.

Director of Research, Development and 

Director of McBride plc. 

Innovation for AKZO Nobel’s Paints Division. 

Non-Executive Director of COVA and of 

Spirax-Sarco Engineering Plc.

committee membership:
Member of the Remuneration and 
Nomination Committees.

committee membership:
Member of the Nomination Committee and 
Risk Oversight Committee.

committee membership:
Chairman of the Risk Oversight Committee.

committee membership:

committee membership:

committee membership:

Chairman of the Remuneration Committee. 

Chairman of the Audit Committee and a 

A member of the Audit, Remuneration and 

Member of the Audit and Nomination 

member of the Remuneration and 

Nomination Committees.

Committees. 

Nomination Committees.

30

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Martin Flower

chairman (67)

Steve Good

Mike Holt

Group chief executive (52)

Group Finance Director (53)

Steve Hannam
Senior non-executive Director, chairman 
of remuneration committee (64)

John Sheldrick
non-executive Director, chairman of 
audit committee (64)

Trudy Schoolenberg
non-executive Director (54)

Appointed Non-Executive Director: January 

Appointed as a Director and Group Chief 

Appointed as Director and Group Finance 

2007. Appointed Chairman: June 2010.

Executive: September 2009. 

Director: November 2010. 

Appointed as a Non-Executive Director: 
September 2002. 

Appointed as a Non-Executive Director: 
October 2011. 

Appointed as a Non-Executive Director: May 
2013. 

experience:

experience:

experience:

Previously Chief Executive of Coats plc, a 

Joined Low & Bonar in 2004, serving first as 

A chartered accountant, he was previously 

company in which he spent his entire 

the Managing Director of its Plastics Division, 

Group Finance Director of Vp plc for six years 

executive career having joined in 1968. 

until its sale in 2005, and then as Director of 

and, prior to that, held a number of senior 

Former Deputy Chairman of Severn Trent Plc 

New Business helping to shape the Group’s 

financial positions with Rolls-Royce Group plc 

and formerly Chairman of Alpha Group plc. 

strategy. From 2006 to 2009, he was 

in the UK, the USA and Hong Kong. 

experience:
Formerly Non-Executive Director with 
Clariant AG, Chairman of Aviagen 
International Inc., Non-Executive Director of 
AZ Electronic Materials Services Limited and 
Group Chief Executive of BTP Chemicals plc. 

experience:
Group Finance Director of Johnson Matthey 
Plc until his retirement in 2009. Formerly 
Non-Executive Director of GKN plc and API 
Group Plc. 

experience:
Formerly Vice-president of Global Research 
and Development at Wartsila Oy, having 
previously worked for 21 years for Royal 
Dutch Shell plc. 

Managing Director of the Technical Textiles 

Division, which has been the sole business 

activity of Low & Bonar since the disposal of 

the Floors Division in 2008. Prior to joining 

Low & Bonar, he spent 10 years with Clariant 

(formerly BTP plc) in a variety of leadership 

positions managing international speciality 

chemical businesses. He is a chartered 

accountant.

external appointments:

external appointments:

external appointments:

Trustee and treasurer of Target Ovarian 

Cancer.

external appointments:
Chairman of Devro plc and a Non-Executive 
Director of McBride plc. 

external appointments:
Non-Executive Director of Fenner PLC.

external appointments:
Director of Research, Development and 
Innovation for AKZO Nobel’s Paints Division. 

Chairman of Croda International Plc and a 

None.

Non-Executive Director of Morgan Advanced 

Materials plc. 

committee membership:

committee membership:

committee membership:

Member of the Remuneration and 

Member of the Nomination Committee and 

Chairman of the Risk Oversight Committee.

Nomination Committees.

Risk Oversight Committee.

committee membership:
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee. 
Member of the Audit and Nomination 
Committees. 

committee membership:
Chairman of the Audit Committee and a 
member of the Remuneration and 
Nomination Committees.

Non-Executive Director of COVA and of 
Spirax-Sarco Engineering Plc.

committee membership:
A member of the Audit, Remuneration and 
Nomination Committees.

31

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Report of the Directors

The Directors present their report and the accounts 
of the Company and the Group for the year ended 
30 November 2013.

Strategic Report
The Directors have presented their Strategic Report on pages 1 to 29, 
which contains (a) a fair review of the Company’s business, and (b) a 
description of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the 
Company. The review is intended to be a balanced and 
comprehensive analysis of (a) the development and performance of 
the Company’s business during the financial year, and (b) the position 
of the Company’s business at the end of that year, consistent with the 
size and complexity of the business. The review includes, to the extent 
necessary for an understanding of the development, performance or 
position of the Company’s business, analysis using financial key 
performance indicators. As the Company is a quoted company, the 
strategic report also, to the extent necessary for an understanding of 
the development, performance or position of the Company’s 
business, includes (a) the main trends and factors likely to affect the 
future development, performance and position of the Company’s 
business, and (b) information about (i) environmental matters 
(including the impact of the Company’s business on the environment), 
(ii) the Company’s employees, and (iii) social, community and human 
rights issues, including information about policies of the Company in 
relation to those matters and the effectiveness of those policies. The 
Report of the Directors should be read in conjunction with the 
Strategic Report, which forms part of this report and contains details 
of the principal activities of the Group during the year and an 
indication of likely future developments and an indication of the 
activities of the Group in the field of research and development.

The Strategic Report was approved by the Board of Directors on  
4 February 2014. 

Greenhouse gas reporting
The Directors are required to set out in this report the annual quantity 
of emissions in tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent from activities for 
which the Group is responsible, including the combustion of fuel; and 
the operation of any facility. The report must state the annual 
quantity of emissions in tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent resulting 
from the purchase of electricity, heat, steam or cooling by the 
Company for its own use. This report is shown on page 29 and forms 
part of this report.

Results and dividends
The Group’s consolidated profit for the year attributable to equity 
holders of the Company was £12.3m (2012: £1.4m).

The Company paid an interim dividend for the year ended 30 
November 2013 of 0.85 pence per share on 26 September 2013 to 
ordinary shareholders whose names appeared in the register at  
the close of business on 30 August 2013. The Directors recommend 
that a final dividend of 1.75p (2012: 1.6p) be paid on 17 April 2014  
to ordinary shareholders on the register at close of business on  
21 March 2014.

Directors
The present Directors of the Company are shown on pages 30 and 
31. They all held office throughout the financial year under review, 
with the exception of Trudy Schoolenberg who joined the Board with 
effect from 1 May 2013. Folkert Blaisse served as a Director of the 
Company until 30 April 2013.

The Company has purchased and maintained throughout the year 
directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in respect of itself and its 
Directors. The Directors also have the benefit of the indemnity 
provision contained in the Company’s Articles of Association. The 
Company has executed deeds of indemnity for the benefit of each 
Director of the Company in respect of liabilities which may attach to 
them in their capacity as Directors of the Company or of associated 
companies. These provisions, which are qualifying third party 
indemnity provisions as defined by section 234 of the Companies Act 
2006, were entered into in June 2009 for Mr Flower and Mr Hannam, 
September 2009 for Mr Good, November 2010 for Mr Holt, October 
2011 for Mr Sheldrick and May 2013 for Ms Schoolenberg and are 
currently in force.

Re-election of Directors
Steve Hannam retires by rotation and, being eligible, offers himself for 
reappointment. Mr Hannam’s appointment may be terminated by 
either him or the Company giving six months’ notice in writing.  
Mr Hannam was appointed as Non-Executive Director of the 
Company in September 2002 for an initial term of three years and 
was last reappointed in 2013 for a term of one year up to 31 August 
2014. Mr Hannam’s reappointment has taken into account his 
performance and commitment to the role, the need for progressive 
refreshing of the Board and the Company’s overall corporate 
governance standards. The Board continues to believe that it benefits 
substantially from Mr Hannam’s experience and expertise and notes 
that he is subject to annual re-election due to his long tenure on the 
Board. Further details regarding Mr Hannam’s reappointment are set 
out on page 36.

Mike Holt retires by rotation and, being eligible, offers himself for 
reappointment. Mr Holt was appointed as a Director of the Company 
in 2010. His employment may be terminated by the Company giving 
him not less than twelve months’ notice in writing or by Mr Holt 
giving the Company not less than six months’ notice in writing. 

Ms Schoolenberg was appointed during the year and, in accordance 
with the Company’s Articles of Association, offers herself for 
reappointment. Her appointment was for a period of three years  
from 1 May 2013.

The Chairman confirms to shareholders that, following formal 
performance evaluation, the performance of each of the Directors 
proposed for reappointment continues to be effective and to 
demonstrate commitment to the role.

Directors’ interests
Directors’ interests in shares and debentures of the Company are 
shown on page 58.

2013

0.85
1.75

2.60

2012

% Increase

0.80
1.60

2.40

6.3%
9.4%

8.3%

Dividends

Interim
Final

Total

32

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Substantial interests
As at 30 November 2013, the Company’s register of substantial 
shareholdings showed the following interests in 3% or more of the 
Company’s issued Ordinary Shares, which include interests disclosed 
to the Company in accordance with Rule 5 of the UKLA’s Disclosure 
and Transparency Rules:

No. of Ordinary 
Shares

% of Ordinary
Shares

Cazenove Capital Management 
AXA Framlington Investment Managers 
M&G Investments 
JO Hambro Capital Management 
Aberforth Partners 
Unicorn Asset Management
Schroders Investment Management 
Henderson Global Investors 

44,999,200
32,907,813
27,872,063
27,743,177 
21,106,305 
18,557,965
18,458,964 
10,712,338 

13.79
10.09
8.54
8.50
6.47
5.69
5.66
3.28

At the date of this report, the Company’s register of substantial 
shareholdings showed the following interests in 3% or more of the 
Company’s issued Ordinary Shares, which include the interests 
disclosed to the Company in accordance with Rule 5 of the UKLA’s 
Disclosure and Transparency Rules:

No. of Ordinary 
Shares

% of Ordinary 
Shares

Cazenove Capital Management
45,298,400
AXA Framlington Investment Managers 33,302,813
29,109,306
M&G Investments
28,090,563
JO Hambro Capital Management
21,121,305
Aberforth Partners
19,057,965
Unicorn Asset Management
17,958,964
Schroders Investment Management

13.88
10.21
8.92
8.61
6.47
5.84
5.50

Ordinary share capital
The Company’s issued share capital as at 30 November 2013 
consisted of 326,293,606 ordinary shares with voting rights, 
154,571,152 deferred shares without voting rights and £100,000  
6 per cent first cumulative preference stock, £100,000 6 per cent 
second cumulative preference stock and £200,000 5.5 per cent third 
cumulative preference stock (the “preference stock”). Provided that 
preference dividends remain paid in accordance with the Company’s 
Articles of Association, the preference stock does not carry voting 
rights. The Company does not hold any ordinary shares in treasury. 
The total number of voting rights in the Company is, therefore, 
326,293,606. Further details of the Company’s issued share capital  
at 30 November 2013 and of options granted and shares issued 
pursuant to the Company’s employee share option schemes and 
long-term incentive plans are shown in Note 25 to the accounts.  
The Company operates an employee benefit trust to hold shares in 
relation to satisfying awards made under certain employee share 
schemes. At 30 November 2013, the trust held 26,752 ordinary shares 
(2012: 26,752 ordinary shares). During the year, 4,723,986 new 
ordinary shares were subscribed for by the Trust to satisfy employee 
share awards which vested. The Company issued a total of 5,752,808 
ordinary shares to employees, including 4,723,986 issued on the 
exercise of long-term incentive awards to senior executives and the 
remainder to employees on the exercise of options under the Group’s 
save-as-you-earn plans. Allotment of these shares took place at 
various points during the year at prices ranging from £0.26 to 
£0.75725 pence per share according to the terms of the options  
and awards.

At a general meeting of the Company, on a show of hands, every 
member who (being an individual) is present in person or (being a 
corporation) is present by a duly authorised representative, shall have 
one vote and every proxy present who has been duly appointed by a 
member entitled to vote on the resolution shall have one vote. No 
member shall, unless the directors otherwise determine, be entitled to 
be present or to be counted in a quorum or to vote either personally 
or by proxy or otherwise at any general meeting of the Company or 
at any separate general meeting of the holders of any class of the 
shares of the Company or upon a poll or to exercise any other right 
conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company if 
any call or other sum presently payable by him to the Company in 
respect of shares in the Company of which he is the holder (whether 
alone or jointly with any other person), together with interest, costs, 
charges and expenses (if any), remains unpaid. If any member, or any 
other person appearing to be interested in shares held by such 
member, has been duly served with a notice under section 793 of the 
Companies Act 2006 and is in default for the prescribed period in 
supplying to the Company the information thereby required, then 
(unless the directors otherwise determine) in respect of: the shares 
comprising the shareholding account in the Register of Members 
which comprises or includes the shares in relation to which the 
default occurred (all or the relevant number as appropriate of such 
shares being the default shares which expression shall include any 
further shares which are issued in respect of such shares); and any 
other shares held by the member, the member shall (for so long as the 
default continues) not nor shall any transferee to which any of such 
shares are transferred other than pursuant to an approved transfer or 
pursuant to the Articles be entitled to be present or to vote either 
personally or by proxy at a general meeting of the Company or a 
meeting of the holders of any class of shares of the Company or to 
exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to 
general meetings of the Company or meetings of the holders of any 
class of shares of the Company. The profits which the Company may 
determine to distribute in respect of any financial year or other period 
for which its accounts are made up shall be applied, in the first place, 
in paying to the holders of the first cumulative preference stock a 
fixed cumulative preferential dividend at the rate of 6 per cent., per 
annum: in the second place, in paying to the holders of the second 
cumulative preference stock a fixed cumulative preferential dividend 
at the rate of 6 per cent., per annum: and, in the third place, in paying 
to the holders of the third cumulative preference stock a fixed 
cumulative preferential dividend at the rate of 5½ per cent. per 
annum, and, subject to any special rights which may be attached to 
any shares hereafter created or issued, the balance of the said profits 
shall be distributed among the holders of the ordinary shares. On  
a return of assets on liquidation or otherwise, the assets of the 
Company available for distribution among the members shall be 
applied, in the first place, in repaying to the holders of the first 
cumulative preference stock the sum of £1 for each £1 of such stock 
held (together with a sum equal to any arrears or deficiency of the 
fixed dividend thereon to be calculated down to the date of the 
return of capital): in the second place, in repaying to the holders of 
the second cumulative preference stock the sum of £1 for each £1  
of such stock held (together with a sum equal to any arrears or 
deficiency of the fixed dividend thereon to be calculated down to the 
date of the return of capital): and, in the third place, in repaying to 
the holders of the third cumulative preference stock the sum of £1 for 
each £1 of such stock held (together with a sum equal to any arrears 
or deficiency of the fixed dividend thereon to be calculated down to 
the date of the return of capital), and, subject to any special rights 
which may be attached to any shares hereafter created or issued, the 

33

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Employee involvement
The Group’s overall policy is to keep employees informed on matters 
of concern to them and to encourage employee involvement. This 
policy is implemented in a wide variety of ways, which are reported 
on by the Group’s businesses, including the regular publication of a 
company newsletter, “Your Low & Bonar”, which is translated into the 
main languages of our employees, at least twice a year, and regular 
meetings with employees’ representatives, including a European 
Works Council. The Group’s employees are invited to participate in 
sharesave plans to encourage equity ownership.

Disabled employees
The Group has a policy for giving full and fair consideration to 
applications for employment made by disabled persons, having regard 
to their particular aptitudes and abilities, for continuing the 
employment of, and for arranging appropriate training for, employees 
who have become disabled persons during the period when they 
were employed by the company, and for their training, career 
development and promotion. The terms of the Group’s diversity 
policy is given on page 28.

Information to the auditor
The Directors who held office at the date of this Directors’ Report 
confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware, and that 
each Director has taken all steps that he ought to have taken as a 
Director to make himself aware of any relevant audit information and 
to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information.

Auditor
KPMG Audit Plc will not continue in office as auditor and a resolution 
to appoint KPMG LLP as auditor will be proposed at the forthcoming 
Annual General Meeting.

Fair, balanced and understandable
The Directors consider this annual report and accounts, taken as a 
whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s 
performance, business model and strategy.

By order of the Board

Matthew Joy
Company Secretary
4 February 2014

Report of the Directors 
(continued)

balance shall belong to and be distributed among the holders of the 
ordinary shares. The full rights and obligations attaching to ownership 
of shares in the Company are contained in its Articles of Association.

The Directors have authority to allot relevant securities and to allot 
equity securities for cash without first offering them pro rata to 
existing shareholders granted at last year’s Annual General Meeting. 
The Directors will seek to renew this authority at the upcoming 
Annual General Meeting as those existing authorities will expire.

The current authority to allot “Relevant Securities” in accordance with 
section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 (the 2006 Act) is as follows:

1.  in relation to a pre-emptive rights issue only, equity securities up to 
a maximum nominal amount of £9,700,112.30, which represented 
approximately 66.66% of the Company’s issued ordinary shares at 
the date the authority was granted (reduced by the nominal 
amount of any Relevant Securities allotted under the next 
paragraph); and 

2.  in any other case, Relevant Securities up to a maximum nominal 

amount of £4,850,056.15, (approximately 33.33% of the 
Company’s issued ordinary shares), reduced by the nominal 
amount of any equity securities allotted under the previous 
paragraph. 

The current authority to allot equity securities (as defined by section 
560 of the 2006 Act) or sell treasury shares for cash without first 
offering them to existing shareholders in proportion to their existing 
holdings is as follows: 

1.  in relation to a pre-emptive rights issue only, up to a maximum 

nominal amount of £9,700,112.30; or 

2.  in any other case, up to a maximum nominal amount of 

£727,508.40, which represented approximately 5% of the 
Company’s issued ordinary shares (excluding treasury shares)  
as at the date the authority was granted. 

In compliance with the guidelines issued by the Pre-emption Group, 
the Directors will ensure that, other than in relation to a rights issue, 
no more than 7.5% of the issued ordinary shares (excluding treasury 
shares) will be allotted for cash on a non pre-emptive basis over a 
rolling three-year period unless shareholders have been notified and 
consulted in advance.

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting will be held at The Pullman Hotel, 
London St Pancras, 100-110 Euston Road, London NW1 2AJ on  
25 March 2014 commencing at 10am. The notice of meeting is 
contained in the separate booklet which is enclosed. The booklet 
contains the text of the resolutions to be proposed and explanatory 
notes concerning the proposals to authorise the Directors to allot 
relevant securities and to allot equity securities for cash other than on 
a pre-emptive basis.

Going concern
Having reviewed the medium-term forecasts and compared the cash 
flow with available bank facilities, taking into account the planned 
refinancing of the Group’s revolving credit facility ahead of its expiry 
in February 2015,the Directors are of the opinion that the Group has 
adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. For this reason, the Directors continue to adopt 
the going concern basis in preparing the accounts.

34

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013  
Corporate Governance

Martin Flower 
Non-Executive Chairman

In my Chairman’s Statement I 
have highlighted the priorities 
and main areas of focus for the 
Board during the last financial 
year. In this report, I am pleased 
to discuss more fully the work 
and operation of the Board and 
the framework of governance it 
deploys to lead and control the 
business and report on the 
Group’s performance.

We are committed to maintaining high standards of corporate 
governance and to applying the principles of good governance as set 
out in the UK Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”) published by 
the FRC. The Directors can confirm compliance throughout the year 
with the Code except in the following respect: Provision D.2.2 of the 
Code requires that the Remuneration Committee should have 
delegated responsibility for setting the remuneration of the Chairman. 
At Low & Bonar, the remuneration of the Chairman is determined by 
the Board based on the recommendation of the Remuneration 
Committee. This gives full transparency and allows the views of the 
Executive Directors to be taken into account.

The Board
The Group is controlled through its Board of Directors, which provides 
entrepreneurial leadership of the Group and is ultimately responsible 
for its long-term success. Our main objectives are to create value for 
shareholders, to set the Group’s strategic objectives, to ensure that 
the necessary financial and human resources are made available to 
enable it to meet those objectives and to review executive 
management performance, all within a framework of prudent and 
effective controls which enable risk to be assessed and managed. The 
Board also sets the Group’s values and standards and ensures that its 
obligations to shareholders and others are understood and met.

We have a formal schedule of reserved powers which we retain for 
Board decision-making on a range of key issues, including the 
formulation of Group strategy, the approval of the annual budget, the 
approval of reported financial statements and dividends, the approval 
of acquisitions, divestments and significant items of capital 
expenditure and the Group’s risk management strategy.

I chair the Board. The Group Chief Executive is Steve Good and the 
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director is Steve Hannam. As I 
have said elsewhere, we have already begun a process to recruit a 
replacement for Steve Good when he retires later this year.

Our current thoughts on the issue of diversity as it pertains to 
membership of the Board are given on page 28.

The roles of the Chairman and Group Chief 
Executive
My role and that of the Group Chief Executive are separate and 
clearly defined. I am responsible for leading the Board, facilitating the 
effective contribution of all members and ensuring that it operates 
effectively in the interests of shareholders. The Group Chief Executive 
is responsible for leadership of the business and implementation of 
strategy.

Directors and Directors’ independence
The Board currently comprises a Non-Executive Chairman, three 
independent Non-Executive Directors and two Executive Directors. 
The names of the Directors, together with their biographical details, 
are set out on pages 30 and 31. In determining the membership of 
the Board, we are mindful that it should be of sufficient size that the 
requirements of the business can be met and that changes to its 
composition and that of the committees can be managed without 
undue disruption, but should not be so large as to be unwieldy. I 
believe that our Board has the appropriate combination of Executive 
and Non-Executive directors (and, in particular, independent Non-
Executive directors) and that no individual or small group of 
individuals can dominate decision making.

35

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Corporate Governance 
(continued)

I am also concerned to ensure that the Board and its committees 
should have the appropriate balance of skills, experience, 
independence and knowledge of the Group to enable them to 
discharge their respective duties and responsibilities effectively.  
This principle was under active consideration during the search  
for a new Non-Executive Director which led to the appointment  
of Trudy Schoolenberg.

The independent Non-Executive Directors challenge constructively 
and help develop proposals on strategy and bring strong, 
independent judgement, knowledge and experience to the Board’s 
deliberations. We believe that an effective balance of power and 
authority is maintained through the number and calibre of Non-
Executive Directors. All Directors have access to the advice and 
services of the Company Secretary and Directors may take 
independent professional advice at the Company’s expense.

Details of my professional commitments are included in my biography. 
The Board is satisfied that these are not such as to interfere with the 
performance of my duties for the Group, which are based around  
a commitment of at least one day and no more than two days  
per week.

The Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors are not employees of 
the Group.

The Board considers that Steve Hannam, John Sheldrick and Trudy 
Schoolenberg, the Non-Executive Directors, are independent in 
character and judgement and we continue to monitor whether there 
are relationships or circumstances which are likely to affect, or could 
appear to affect, a Director’s judgement. Although he has served on 
the Board for more than eleven years, we continue to view Steve 
Hannam as independent in character and judgement. Steve is highly 
experienced in both relevant executive and non-executive roles and 
continues to offer a regular and substantive challenge to the Executive 
Directors on their strategy for and management of the business. Steve 
is asked to submit himself for re-election to the Board annually given 
his long tenure and we consider his continued membership of the 
Board rigorously. In light of the significant changes which the Board 
has undergone since late 2009, we continue to value his contribution 
(and the continuity which it brings) highly.

I ensure that the Non-Executive Directors meet without the Executive 
Directors present from time to time.

Professional development and performance 
evaluation
The Board has adopted a policy of providing appropriate training for 
all new Directors who have not previously received such training. A 
personal induction programme is provided for each new Director, 
depending on the experience and needs of the individual. On 
appointment, they receive information about the Group, the role of 
the Board and the matters reserved for its decision, the terms of 
reference and membership of the principal Board and management 
committees, and the powers delegated to those committees, and the 
latest financial information about the Group. This is supplemented by 
visits to key locations and meetings with key senior executives. I work 
to ensure that the Directors continually update their skills and the 
knowledge and familiarity with the Group required to fulfill their role 
both on the Board and its committees and to make sure that the 
necessary resources for developing and updating Directors’ 
knowledge and capabilities are made available. I encourage Directors 
to avail themselves of opportunities to meet our major shareholders.

36

The Board has established a process, led by me, for the annual 
evaluation of the performance of the Board and its principal 
committees. A list of questions is drawn up by me with the assistance 
of the Company Secretary to provide a framework for the evaluation 
process during a meeting of the Board. Again this year, we considered 
the merits of using external assistance in connection with the 
evaluation but determined that it was not necessary to do so given 
the size of the Board, the good working practices and relationships 
which we have established over the years and the open and 
constructive way in which Directors express their views in relation to 
the operation of the Board on an ongoing basis.

I have also reviewed the contribution of individual Directors, in 
conjunction with my colleagues as appropriate, to reassure myself and 
the Board that each Director continues to contribute effectively and to 
demonstrate commitment to the role (including commitment of time 
for Board and committee meetings and any other duties). The Senior 
Independent Non-Executive Director leads the Non-Executive 
Directors in conducting my annual performance evaluation, taking 
into account the views of the Executive Directors.

Information and meetings
The Board meets regularly to review the performance of the Company 
and to formulate strategy and is supplied in advance of each meeting 
with an agenda and papers covering the financial and operating 
performance of the Group’s businesses and other matters to be 
considered at the meeting. It is my goal to ensure that the information 
available to the Board is accurate, timely and clear. Executive 
management reports on a continuing basis against the Group’s 
budget (set at the start of the financial year) and the quarterly 
forecasts for the year which are made three times a year. The Board 
also considers other key developments, such as the implementation of 
major projects. I encourage the Non-Executive Directors to seek 
clarification and amplification of information where necessary.

I set the agenda in discussion with executive management and the 
Company Secretary and consideration is given to ensuring that 
adequate time is available for discussion of all agenda items. The 
papers are supplemented by information specifically requested by the 
Directors from time to time. Other members of senior management 
attend the Board meetings from time to time to present to the Board 
on the strategy for and performance of businesses within the Group.  
I also now arrange for the Board to meet in separate session to 
consider and approve the strategy for the Group so that adequate 
time can be given to this vital aspect of its role away from the normal 
business of monthly Board meetings. As we reorganise our business 
into regional and market-focused divisions, we continue to consider 
and improve the strategic input from the Board and Directors’ 
understanding of our business and its place in its markets. 

I also arrange for the Board to meet in more informal surroundings 
several times a year to discuss topics of interest and relevance to the 
Group and our external advisers are often invited to these sessions to 
offer their counsel.

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 The full Board had eight scheduled meetings during the year and all Directors who served throughout the year attended each scheduled 
meeting. The full details of the meetings of the Board and its main committees are set out below:

Martin Flower
Steve Good
Mike Holt
Steve Hannam
John Sheldrick
Trudy Schoolenberg1

Board 
Meetings
8 meetings

Audit 
Committee 
Meetings
3 meetings

Remuneration 
Committee 
Meetings
3 meetings

Nomination 
Committee 
Meetings
3 meetings

8
8
8
8
8
6

–
–
–
3
3
3

3
–
–
3
3
1

3
3
–
3
3
1

1   Ms Schoolenberg joined the Board on 1 May 2013 and has attended all its meetings and those of its committees held since that date.

I also encourage the Board to establish closer links with the Group’s subsidiaries and their key executive management by visiting the Group’s 
facilities and, in 2013, one of the Board meetings was held at the Group’s manufacturing facility in Fulda, Germany. I am considering ways in 
which the Board’s links to the subsidiaries and their executive management might be strengthened further in 2014. The scheduled Board 
meetings concentrate on strategy, financial and business performance. Additional meetings, including of certain ad hoc committees, were 
called during the year to deal with specific matters. I also encourage individual Non-Executive Directors to meet with executive management to 
ensure constructive relations between them and to continue to promote a culture of openness and debate and to improve the effectiveness of 
the contribution of our Non-Executive Directors as I believe that, to function effectively, all Directors need appropriate knowledge of the Group 
and access to its operations and staff.

The Company Secretary is tasked with advising the Board on governance matters through me. I use the Board agenda to ensure that Directors, 
especially Non-Executive Directors, have access to independent professional advice at the Company’s expense where we judge it necessary to 
discharge our responsibilities as Directors. This includes the Group’s corporate finance, insurance, public relations, legal and pensions advisers 
attending Board meetings from time to time.

Conflicts
A director has a duty under the Companies Act 2006 (the “Act”) to avoid a situation in which he has or can have a direct or indirect interest 
that conflicts or possibly may conflict with the interests of the company. The Act allows directors of public companies to authorise conflicts and 
potential conflicts where the Articles of Association contain a provision to that effect and the Company’s Articles of Association include such 
provisions. The Board considers each Director’s conflicts or potential conflicts of interest. Only Directors that have no interest in the matter 
under consideration take the relevant decision. In addition, the Board considers each conflict situation separately on its particular facts; 
considers the conflict situation in conjunction with the rest of a Director’s duties under the Act; keeps records and minutes of authorisations 
granted by Directors and the scope of any approvals given; and regularly reviews conflict authorisations (at least annually). In addition, the 
Directors are able to impose limits or conditions when giving authorisation if they think this is appropriate.

37

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Corporate Governance 
(continued)

Committees
In accordance with the Code, the Board has established Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees. All of the committees have written 
terms of reference, approved by the Board. The terms of reference of the committees are available on the Company’s website via the following 
link: http://www. lowandbonar.com/investor-centre/corporate-governance.aspx, or on request from the Company Secretary. The Board has 
also established a Risk Oversight Committee which is discussed in more detail on page 40.

Committee

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

Risk Oversight Committee

Key members

Invited to attend regularly

Chairman
Group CEO
Group FD
Deputy Group FD
Representative of the internal audit function
External auditor

Group CEO
Remuneration consultants

John Sheldrick, Chairman
Steve Hannam
Trudy Schoolenberg
Folkert Blaisse, until his retirement on 30 April 2013

Steve Hannam, Chairman
Martin Flower
John Sheldrick
Trudy Schoolenberg
Folkert Blaisse, until his retirement on 30 April 2013

Martin Flower, Chairman
Steve Hannam
John Sheldrick
Trudy Schoolenberg
Steve Good
Folkert Blaisse, until his retirement on 30 April 2013

Group Chief Executive
Group Finance Director, Chairman
Other members of senior executive management, 
including the Managing Directors of Bonar EMEA, Bonar 
NA, MTX, the Deputy Group Finance Director, the Group 
Health and Safety Director, a representative of internal 
audit and the Head of Legal Affairs

The Board recognises the value of ensuring that committee membership is refreshed and that undue reliance is not placed on particular 
individuals in deciding chairmanship and membership of committees. Membership of our committees has been refreshed over the last three 
years and all of the main committees have appointed new chairmen since July 2010.

We adhere to the principle that no one other than the committee chairman and members are entitled to be present at a meeting of the Nomination, 
Audit or Remuneration Committees, but others may attend at the invitation of the committee and our practice in this respect is addressed below.

Audit Committee
The work of our Audit Committee is addressed in more detail on pages 41 to 43 by its Chairman, John Sheldrick.

Remuneration Committee
The work of our Remuneration Committee is addressed in more detail on pages 44 to 60 by its Chairman, Steve Hannam. The Remuneration 
Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board the Company’s broad policy for executive remuneration, including both short-term and 
long-term incentive arrangements, and for reviewing and approving, at least annually, the entire remuneration packages of the Executive Directors and 
certain other senior executives of the Group. The Committee is also responsible for recommending the Chairman’s remuneration to the Board. The 
Committee is entitled to obtain, at the expense of the Company, such external advice as it sees fit on any matters falling within its terms of reference.

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee is responsible for regularly reviewing the structure, size and composition of the Board and for making 
recommendations to the Board with regard to any changes, including recommending candidates for appointment as both Executive and Non-
Executive Directors. Appointments are discussed fully before a proposal is made to the Board and, as Chairman of the Committee, I am mindful 
that there should be a formal, rigorous and transparent procedure for the appointment of new Directors. The selection criteria are agreed by me in 
conjunction with my colleagues and we make use of independent recruitment consultants and the final appointment rests with the full Board.

As part of its review of non-executive succession, the Committee identified the need for the recruitment of a new Non-Executive director in 2013 
and discussed the appropriate role specification and time commitment expected. It was agreed that this should include the requirement for recent 
experience in an international “B2B” manufacturing business. An independent consultant, Korn/Ferry Whitehead Mann, was appointed to 
conduct the search and a long list of names was developed by them in consultation with me. A short-list of candidates was developed and the 
best candidates for the role were interviewed by myself and the Group Chief Executive and our favoured candidate, Trudy Schoolenberg, was also 
seen by all members of the Board prior to formal appointment. Korn/Ferry Whitehead Mann has no other connection with the Company. The 
Committee has also set a specification to assist in the recruitment of a new Group Chief Executive.

In 2013, I also used the Nomination Committee to assist me in reviewing the training and development needs for each Director.

38

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Relations with shareholders
I work to ensure that there is a dialogue with shareholders based on the mutual understanding of objectives. The Board as a whole has 
responsibility for ensuring that a satisfactory dialogue with shareholders takes place. Whilst recognising that most shareholder contact is with 
the Group Chief Executive and Group Finance Director, I ensure that all Directors are made aware of major shareholders’ issues and concerns in 
whatever ways are most practical and efficient. This includes meeting directly with our brokers and public relations advisers and receiving 
written reports from them, as well as through direct meetings with shareholders. The Board is also given copies of the reports on the Group 
written by analysts. It is also our practice to consider feedback from shareholders following results presentations. Our Non-Executive Directors 
have opportunities to meet with shareholders on request and, in 2014, I will again encourage them to attend results presentations and investor 
days so that they have an opportunity to meet with key stakeholders in person.

The Company maintains good communications with its shareholders through its Interim and Annual Reports and through information posted 
on its website at www.lowandbonar.com. The Company holds regular meetings throughout the year with major shareholders, analysts and the 
financial press, in particular following the announcements of its interim and full year results. Visits for analysts and large shareholders are also 
arranged from time to time to operating units. I have met with a number of the Group’s largest shareholders during the year to discuss 
governance and strategy with them.

The Company’s Annual General Meeting is used as an opportunity to communicate with private investors. Shareholders attending the Annual 
General Meeting are invited to ask questions and to meet with the Directors informally after the meeting. I, as Chairman of the Board and 
Nomination Committee, Steve Hannam as Senior Independent Non-Executive Director and as Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, and 
John Sheldrick as Chairman of the Audit Committee, will answer questions, as appropriate, at the Annual General Meeting.

Shareholders are given the opportunity to vote separately on each proposal, including on the report and accounts. For each resolution, proxy 
appointment forms provide shareholders with the option to direct their proxy to vote either for or against the resolution or to withhold their 
vote. The proxy form and any announcement of the results of a vote make it clear that a “vote withheld” is not a vote in law and will not be 
counted in the calculation of the proportion of the votes for and against the resolution.

The numbers of proxy votes cast in respect of each resolution are announced after the resolution has been voted on by a show of hands. The 
Company ensures that all valid proxy appointments received for general meetings are properly recorded and counted by its registrar. For each 
resolution, where a vote has been taken on a show of hands, we ensure that the following information is given at the meeting and made 
available as soon as reasonably practicable on our website:
•	 the number of shares in respect of which proxy appointments have been validly made;
•	 the number of votes for the resolution;
•	 the number of votes against the resolution; and
•	 the number of shares in respect of which the vote was directed to be withheld.

Notice of the Annual General Meeting is sent to shareholders at least 20 working days prior to the date of the meeting.

Internal control and risk management
The Directors acknowledge their responsibility for the systems of internal control within the Group. The purpose of these systems is to provide 
reasonable assurance as to the reliability of financial information and to maintain proper control over the income, expenditure, assets and 
liabilities of the Group. The Board has also reviewed in detail the areas of major risk that the Group faces in its operations. It has noted and is 
satisfied with the current control mechanisms and reporting lines that have been in place throughout the year. However, no system of control 
can provide absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss. In carrying out our review, the Directors have regard to what controls in 
our judgement are appropriate to the Group’s businesses, to the materiality and the likelihood of the risks inherent in these businesses and to 
the relative costs and benefits of implementing specific controls.

Risk Oversight
Board of Directors
oversees risk management as a whole and delegates responsibility for addressing individual risk issues to

Audit Committee

Board

Risk Oversight Committee

delegated responsibility for control of funding 
and capital, financial controls, evaluation and 
control of acquisitions, information, valuation 
and reporting in respect of pensions and 
treasury matters

political risks, take-overs, funding and capital, 
acquisitions, the funding of pensions and 
investor relations

delegated responsibility for risks in the areas 
of health and safety, the environment, major 
physical or operational incidents, raw 
materials, product failure, new product 
development, competition, customers, 
human resources and regulatory and 
compliance issues

Remuneration Committee 
considers risks associated with remuneration structures and advises the Board, the Audit Committee and the  
Risk Oversight Committee as appropriate

39

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Corporate Governance 
(continued)

In recognition of its responsibility for risk issues, the Board has 
reviewed the key risks associated with the business and will continue 
to do so as a regular agenda item at its meetings in the coming year. 
Formal responsibility for risk matters set out in the Group Risk 
Register is divided between the Board, the Audit Committee and the 
Risk Oversight Committee. The Board has primary responsibility for 
those risks broadly categorised as political risks, take-overs, funding 
and capital, acquisitions, the funding of pensions and investor 
relations. The Audit Committee has delegated responsibility for 
control of funding and capital, financial controls, evaluation and 
control of acquisitions, information, valuation and reporting in respect 
of pensions and treasury matters. The internal audit function has a 
direct reporting line to the Audit Committee and relevant 
representatives attend Audit Committee meetings by invitation.  
The Remuneration Committee considers risks associated with 
remuneration structures and advises the Board, the Audit Committee 
and the Risk Oversight Committee accordingly.

As careful management of risk is also a key management activity, the 
Group’s work in the area of operational risk management is facilitated 
by the Risk Oversight Committee. The Risk Oversight Committee has 
delegated responsibility for risks in the areas of health and safety, the 
environment, major physical or operational incidents, raw materials, 
product failure, new product development, competition, customers, 
human resources and regulatory and compliance issues. Health and 
safety and environmental matters have been overseen by a sub-
committee, known as the Global Environmental, Health and Safety 
Committee, which is chaired by the Group Health and Safety Director.

The Risk Oversight Committee meets at least three times a year and 
operates under formal terms of reference established by the Board 
and is committed to continuing to develop and embed risk 
management processes within the Group. The Risk Oversight 
Committee is specifically charged with developing Group 
management of, and policy towards, environmental, social and 
governance (“ESG”) risks so that the Board may take account of their 
significance to the business of the Group in both the short and long 
term and to ensure that the Group has in place effective systems for 
managing and mitigating significant ESG risks, including appropriate 
key performance indicators. The work of all of the Board committees 
relating to risk management are discussed at full Board meetings on a 
regular basis in addition to the work undertaken by the Board on key 
risk issues. The Risk Oversight Committee receives reports from the 
Global Environmental, Health and Safety Committee and reports on 
relevant matters to the Board. The Group Health and Safety Director, 
who deals with health, safety and environmental issues, reports to 
the Risk Oversight Committee in his capacity as Chairman of the 
Global Environmental, Health and Safety Committee. 

In addition to the risk review process and the internal audit function, 
the Group operates within an established internal financial control 
framework, which can be described under three headings:
•	 Financial reporting: there is a comprehensive budgeting system 

with an annual budget approved by the Directors. Monthly actual 
results are reported against budget and revised forecasts for the 
year, which are prepared regularly.

40

•	 Operating unit controls: financial controls and procedures, 

including information system controls, are detailed in the Group 
Policies and Procedures Manual. All operating units are required 
to confirm quarterly their compliance with policies and 
procedures set out in the manual (including those relating to 
health, safety and the environment), local laws and regulations 
and report any control weaknesses identified in the past year. 
Independent confirmation of compliance is obtained annually for 
selected operating units.
Investment appraisal: the Group has clearly defined guidelines 
for capital expenditure which are also set out in the Group 
Policies and Procedures Manual. These include detailed appraisal 
and review procedures, levels of authority and post-completion 
audits. Where businesses are being acquired, detailed due 
diligence is undertaken in advance of acquisition.

•	

The Company is committed to ensuring that all employees comply 
with all anti-trust legislation. To ensure that relevant employees are 
aware of the issues and receive the appropriate level of training and 
information, the Group has a personalised online anti-trust 
compliance training programme which all relevant personnel within 
the Group are required to complete on a regular basis.

The continued development and implementation of the risk 
management and internal control system across the Group has 
allowed the Directors to comply with the Code provisions on internal 
control in the course of the financial year ended 30 November 2013.

The Risk Oversight Committee also ensures that the Group is able to 
respond adequately to the UK’s Bribery Act 2010 and has overseen an 
enterprise-wide risk assessment process and developed a detailed set 
of polices and procedures in response to the findings of that 
assessment. The Group values its reputation for ethical behaviour and 
for financial integrity and has a commitment to carry out business 
fairly, honestly and openly. We will not tolerate bribery in our 
dealings. It is illegal and harmful for business. Any involvement with 
improper inducements in order to secure business or gain any 
advantage for either any Group company or our employees reflects 
adversely on our image and reputation and undermines the 
confidence of our customers and other business partners in us. We 
seek to eliminate bribery in our business dealings by:

•	 setting out a clear anti-bribery policy;
•	 training all of our employees so that they can recognise and avoid 

the use of bribery by themselves and others;

•	 encouraging our employees to be vigilant and to report any 

suspicion of bribery through suitable channels of communication 
and ensuring sensitive information is treated appropriately;

•	 rigorously investigating instances of alleged bribery and assisting 
the police and other appropriate authorities in any resultant 
prosecution; and

•	 taking firm and vigorous action against any individual(s) involved in 

bribery.

Martin Flower
Non-Executive Chairman
On behalf of the Board of Directors 
4 February 2014

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Audit Committee Report

John Sheldrick 
Non-Executive Director and 
Chairman of the Audit Committee

Audit Committee Report
The responsibilities and work carried out by the Audit Committee in 
the year under review are set out in the following report.

Composition and governance
The Committee comprises the three independent Non-Executive 
Directors, John Sheldrick (Chairman of the Committee), Steve Hannam 
and Trudy Schoolenberg, who, collectively, have the skills and 
experience required to fully discharge their duties. Trudy 
Schoolenberg joined the Committee in May 2013 on her appointment 
to the Board following the retirement of Folkert Blaisse on 30 April 
2013. John Sheldrick meets the requirements of recent and relevant 
financial experience having been Group Finance Director of Johnson 
Matthey Plc from 1995 until his retirement in 2009.

The Chairman, Group Chief Executive and Group Finance Director also 
generally join at least part of Audit Committee meetings by invitation.

The Committee Chairman may call a meeting at the request of any 
member, the Company’s external auditor or internal audit. The Audit 
Committee meets privately with the external auditor and internal 
audit at least once a year. Both internal audit and the external auditor 
have direct access to the Chairman of the Committee outside of 
formal Committee meetings.

The Audit Committee meets at least three times a year. The primary 
role of the Committee, which reports its findings to the Board, is to 
ensure the integrity of the financial reporting and audit process and 
the maintenance of sound internal control and risk management 
systems. It is responsible for monitoring and reviewing:

•	 the integrity of the Group’s financial statements and any formal 

announcements relating to its financial performance;

•	 the Group’s internal financial controls and internal control and risk 

management systems;

•	 the effectiveness of the Group’s internal audit function;
•	 the effectiveness of the external audit process and making 
recommendations to the Board on the appointment,  
re-appointment and removal of the external auditor;

•	 policy on the engagement of the external auditor to supply 

non-audit services; and

•	 taking specific responsibility for certain key areas of risk 

management to support the Board’s role in overseeing an 
enterprise-wide approach to risk identification, management and 
mitigation.

Its terms of reference are available on the Company’s website at 
www.lowandbonar.com.

The Audit Committee is entitled to obtain, at the expense of the 
Company, such external advice as it sees fit on any matters falling 
within its terms of reference.

41

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Audit Committee Report
(continued)

Activities in 2013
The Audit Committee met on three occasions during 2013. The meetings 
of the Committee coincided with key dates in the financial reporting and 
audit cycle. The external auditor, KPMG Audit Plc, attended all of the 
meetings and the Group’s internal auditor attended two of the meetings 
but was absent from one by prior arrangement. 

The Audit Committee discharged its responsibilities by:

•	 reviewing the Group’s draft financial statements and interim 
results statement prior to Board approval and reviewing the 
external auditor’s detailed reports thereon and also reporting to 
the Board the significant issues that the Committee considered in 
relation to the financial statements and how those issues were 
addressed, having regard to matters communicated to it by the 
auditor;

•	 reviewing the appropriateness of the Group’s accounting policies;
•	 reviewing and approving the audit fee and reviewing non-audit 
fees payable to the Group’s external auditor in accordance with 
the policy it has adopted;

•	 reviewing the external auditor’s plan for the audit of the Group’s 
accounts, which included key areas of extended scope work, key 
risks on the accounts, confirmations of auditor independence and 
the proposed audit fee;

•	 reviewing an annual report on the Group’s system of internal 

control and its effectiveness and reporting to the Board on the 
results of the review;

•	 assisting the Board with overseeing an enterprise-wide approach 

to risk identification, management and mitigation;

•	 receiving regular reports from the Group internal auditor following 

operational audits;

•	 reviewing the performance and effectiveness of internal and 

external audit; and

•	 reviewing the arrangements by which staff of the Company may, 
in confidence, raise concerns about possible improprieties in 
matters of financial reporting or other matters. 

Financial reporting and significant areas of 
judgement
The Audit Committee reviewed a wide range of financial reporting 
and related matters in respect of the Company’s half year and annual 
results statements and the Annual Report prior to their consideration 
by the Board. Reports highlighting key accounting matters and 
significant judgements were also received from KPMG Audit Plc in 
respect of the year-end statements and discussed by the Committee. 
In particular, these included the significant judgement areas of the 
impairment of goodwill and the valuation of pension-related 
liabilities. Under IFRS, goodwill arising on acquisitions is tested for 
impairment at each reporting date based on projected cash flows 
discounted to calculate their net present value. Details of the 
assumptions used in these valuations are set out in note 11 on pages 
86 and 87. The Committee discussed with KPMG the cashflow 
projections and discount rates used in these calculations and the 
headroom for each group of cash generating units. The valuation of 
the Group’s post-employment obligations requires demographic and 
financial assumptions to be made which are set out in note 4 on 
pages 80 to 83. These assumptions have been chosen based on 
advice from the Group’s actuaries. The Committee discussed the 

42

appropriateness of these assumptions with KPMG and whether these 
assumptions were consistent with externally derived data. Analysis to 
support the going concern statement given on page 34 was also 
reviewed with the Committee receiving reports from management 
and the external auditor on this matter. 

Following consideration of the matters presented to it and discussion 
with both management and KPMG, the Committee was satisfied that 
the significant judgements made were justified and that the financial 
reporting disclosures made were appropriate.

Whistleblowing
Low & Bonar operates a Group-wide international telephone hotline 
to support whistleblowing. The hotline is facilitated by an 
independent third party with a market-leading reputation in the 
provision of such services. The hotline facilitates arrangements 
whereby employees can make confidential disclosures about 
suspected impropriety and wrongdoing, in compliance with local laws 
and regulations in the relevant jurisdiction. Any matters so reported 
are investigated by management as appropriate considering the 
nature of the issues involved and can, where relevant and appropriate, 
be reported to the Audit Committee. A report summarising all 
disclosures made during the period is considered by the Audit 
Committee annually. 

External auditor
The Audit Committee is responsible for ensuring that an appropriate 
relationship between the Group and the external auditor is 
maintained, including reviewing non-audit services and fees. It has 
developed and implemented a policy on the supply of non-audit 
services by the external auditor to ensure their continued objectivity 
and independence. The Committee is satisfied that the provision by 
KPMG Audit Plc of non-audit services currently provided does not 
impair their independence or objectivity. The Audit Committee has 
approved the range of services that may be provided by the external 
auditor. These include taxation compliance services, transaction due 
diligence and accountancy assistance on projects. Subject to 
approved authorisation limits, the services require prior authorisation 
from either the Group Finance Director, the Chairman of the Audit 
Committee or the full Audit Committee. The Committee is satisfied 
that the majority of the tax services supplied by KPMG Audit Plc 
during the year were compliance related or related principally to 
foreign advisory work that required a detailed understanding of the 
Group and which did not impair their independence.

The Committee received and reviewed written confirmation from the 
external auditors on all relationships that, in their judgement, may 
bear on their independence. The external auditors have also 
confirmed that they consider themselves independent within the 
meaning of UK regulatory and professional requirements. 

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 The current overall tenure of the external auditor, KPMG Audit Plc, 
dates from 1975, although a re-tender exercise was conducted in 
2002 and a limited review was conducted in 2008. Any decision to 
open the external audit to tender is taken on the recommendation of 
the Audit Committee. There are no contractual obligations that 
restrict the Company’s current choice of external auditor. In 2012, a 
new lead partner was appointed in line with KPMG’s policy of partner 
rotation to ensure continued auditor independence. At the upcoming 
AGM, it will be proposed that a parent entity of KPMG Audit PLC, 
KPMG LLP, will be recommended to the shareholders to become the 
auditor for the 2014 financial year. This is because, following an 
internal review, KPMG have informed us that they are seeking to wind 
down the activity of KPMG Audit Plc.

The UK Corporate Governance Code has recommended that 
companies in the FTSE 350 index put their external audit contract out 
to tender at least every ten years. The Committee has considered this 
recommendation and it has recommended to the Board that the 
external audit contract be put out to tender when the current audit 
partner is due to rotate out of the post in 2017. Mindful of FRC advice 
on the impracticality of all companies conducting a tender exercise  
at the same time, the precise timing of this exercise will be kept  
under review.

The performance and effectiveness of the external auditor was formally 
reviewed by the Committee taking into account the views of Directors 
and senior management on such matters as independence, objectivity, 
proficiency, resourcing and audit strategy and planning. The Committee 
concluded that the performance of the external auditor remained 
satisfactory following the review. The performance of the external 
auditor will continue to be reviewed annually. The Committee has 
recommended to the Board that KPMG LLP should be appointed as the 
Company’s external auditors for the next financial year in succession to 
KPMG Audit PLC. Following this recommendation, the Board is 
proposing what effectively amounts to the re-appointment of the 
external auditor to shareholders at the Annual General Meeting.

Internal audit
During the year, the Committee reviewed the results of audits 
undertaken by internal audit and management responses, including 
the implementation of any recommendations made. The Committee 
considered and approved the 2013 internal audit programme. The 
effectiveness of internal audit was formally reviewed. For 2014, the 
Company has decided to co-source its internal audit function with 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) following the retirement of the 
Head of Internal Audit who left the Company at the end of 2013.  
The PwC partner-in-charge will attend Audit Committee meetings. 

John Sheldrick
Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee
On behalf of the Board of Directors
4 February 2014

43

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Directors’ Report on Remuneration

This report sets out details of the remuneration policy for Executive 
and Non-Executive Directors, describes how the remuneration policy 
is implemented and discloses the amounts paid relating to the year 
ended 30 November 2013.

The remuneration Policy Report (set out on pages 45 to 53) will be 
put to shareholders for approval in a binding vote at the AGM on  
25 March 2014. The formal effective date of the policy will be from 
the date of the approval by shareholders at the AGM (i.e. 25 March 
2014, the “Effective Date”). The Annual Report on Remuneration  
(set out on pages 54 to 60), which describes how policy has been 
implemented in the year under review and how it will be 
implemented for the year ahead, will be subject to an advisory vote  
at the AGM.

ANNUAL STATEMENT BY THE CHAIRMAN OF THE 
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
I am pleased to present the Remuneration Committee’s report 
outlining our future remuneration policy and providing details of the 
remuneration of the Directors for the year ended 30 November 2013.

This is the first time we are reporting to you following the 
enforcement of new regulations governing the reporting and approval 
of Directors’ remuneration. The format this year will include a Policy 
Report, setting out our future remuneration policy, and an Annual 
Report on Remuneration, setting out how we went about 
implementing our policy over the year to 30 November 2013 and how 
we intend to implement our policy in the future. 

Performance and reward
As described in the Chairman’s Statement, having experienced a very 
slow start to the year due to abnormal weather conditions across 
Europe, the Group had a strong second half and delivered another 
year of profit growth. Under the circumstances, these are good 
results during a period of continued macroeconomic challenge, 
particularly within Europe, providing further evidence of the quality 
and resilience of our business and its growth prospects. 

As a result of the difficult conditions at the start of the year, there will 
be no bonus payable to our senior executive team this year, despite 
the increase in profitability over 2012, as the targets set at the 
beginning of the year were narrowly missed.

With regard to the Company’s longer-term performance, reflecting 
the Company’s successful implementation of its growth strategy since 
the appointment of the current Group Chief Executive, the awards 
made under the Company’s 2003 Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP 
awards”) in 2010 vested in March 2013 in full. This level of vesting 
was triggered as a result of exceeding the maximum three-year EPS 
target set by 16.3% and delivering a three-year total shareholder 
return of 110.4%, which was above the upper quartile level of the 
FTSE Small Cap Index over the three-year period. The LTIP awards 
made in 2011 will also vest as to approximately 44% in respect of the 
EPS target, with EPS for 2013 being 6.23p against an original target 
range of 5.9p to 7.0p. We have not yet estimated how much of the 
2011 LTIP awards will vest in relation to the TSR target as the 
performance period has not yet finished. The 2011 awards will 
formally vest in March 2014 and we will make announcements about 
vesting of the awards at that time. Given the challenging economic 
conditions that have operated during these performance periods, the 
level of performance delivered was considered to be an exceptional 
result by the management team. At the AGM, 98.4% of shareholders 

Steve Hannam
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director,  
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 

44

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 also voted to approve last years Director’s Report on Remuneration 
and we thank them for their support. As described in last year’s 
report, our 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan expired in 2013 and, after 
a new plan was prepared in consultation with our major shareholders, 
the 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan was approved at the last AGM 
(with 98.5% of proxy votes in favour) and awards made in April 2013.

Implementation of policy in the current year
There are to be no substantive changes in relation to remuneration 
policy for the current financial year. However, Executive Directors’ 
salary levels have been increased by just over 3% with effect from  
1 December 2013, which is consistent with the performance-related 
salary increases awarded to UK-based employees and to maintain our 
policy objective of offering base salaries that are in line with those 
offered by companies of a similar size, international reach and 
complexity. 

POLICY REPORT
This part of the Directors’ Report on Remuneration sets out the 
remuneration policy for the Company and has been prepared in 
accordance with The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013 (‘the 
Regulations’). The policy has been developed taking into account the 
principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code and the views of our 
major shareholders and describes the policy to be applied in relation 
to the current financial year and future financial years. The Policy 
Report will be put to a binding shareholder vote at the 2014 AGM 
and, subject to it receiving majority shareholder support, it will be 
effective immediately from the Effective Date for the purposes of 
complying with the Regulations. In practice, however, the Committee 
intends to apply the policy detailed in the Policy Report from the 
beginning of the current financial year and throughout the three-year 
period that commences from the Effective Date. 

Retirement of Steve Good
As mentioned in the Chairman’s Statement, Steve Good, our Chief 
Executive, has announced his intention to retire later in the year. He 
remains a full-time employee of the Group until his retirement. His 
remuneration will continue to reflect the policy outlined in the 
following pages except that he will not receive a new LTIP award in 
2014. We are not making any payments to him in connection with  
his retirement other than as his existing terms provide (which are 
consistent with policy).

Risk
In terms of risk, the Committee is comfortable that the current 
arrangements do not inadvertently encourage undue risk-taking given 
the clear long-term focus in our policy. The operation of the 2013 
Long-Term Incentive Plan will continue to ensure that a substantial 
proportion of pay is earned based on long-term performance, with 
the Company’s share ownership guidelines ensuring further long-term 
alignment between our executive team and shareholders. The 
Committee has also embedded clawback provisions in its incentive 
structures for Executive Directors providing a further safeguard to 
shareholders in the event of a misstatement in results. 

The Committee looks forward to your continuing support of our 
remuneration policy at the 2014 Annual General Meeting.

Yours sincerely

Steve Hannam
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director  
and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
On behalf of the Board of Directors
4 February 2014

Overview of the remuneration policy
The Group’s remuneration policy is to ensure that the remuneration 
of Executive Directors and senior executives properly reflects their 
duties and responsibilities and is sufficient to recruit, retain and 
motivate high-quality executive talent, taking into account their 
geographical location and the territories which their responsibilities 
cover, whilst aligning the interests of senior executives as closely as 
possible with the interests of shareholders. The remuneration of the 
Executive Directors has been structured to provide a significant 
performance-related element linked to the achievement of stretching 
performance targets. The Committee keeps the Company’s 
remuneration policy under review to ensure that an appropriate 
balance between fixed and variable pay is maintained. 

More generally, the Committee also takes into account the principles 
of sound risk management when setting pay and takes action to 
satisfy itself that the remuneration structure at Low & Bonar does not 
encourage undue risk.

There are three main elements of the remuneration package for 
Executive Directors, and the senior executive population:

1.  Fixed pay, comprising base salary, pension scheme contributions 

and other benefits.

2.  Annual performance-related remuneration.
3.  Long-term performance-related remuneration in the form of share 

awards.

45

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |The policies relating to each of the constituent parts of these main components of the Executive Directors’ remuneration packages are 
summarised in the table below:

Salary
Purpose and link to strategy

To provide competitive fixed remuneration that will attract, retain and motivate high quality key employees 
and reflect their experience, duties and geographical location.

Operation

Reviewed annually. 

Benchmarked periodically against relevant market comparators as appropriate, including companies of a 
similar international reach and complexity.

Individual pay levels determined by reference to performance, skills and experience in post. 

Consideration given to the pay levels in the country in which the Executive Director lives and works and the 
wider salary increases across the Group more generally.

Maximum opportunity

Salaries for the year ended 30 November 2014, effective 1 December 2013, are as follows:

•	 Group Chief Executive £353,000; and

•	 Group Finance Director: £268,500.

These salary levels will be eligible for increases during the three-year period that the Remuneration Policy 
operates from the Effective Date. 

During this time, salaries may be increased each year. The Committee will be guided by general conditions 
(such as the level of inflation) in the country in which the Director lives, the salary increase budget set 
within that country for the Group and the salary budget across the workforce generally, as well as the 
overall financial performance of the Group.

Increases beyond those linked to the workforce (in percentage of salary terms) may be awarded in certain 
circumstances at the Board’s discretion (based on the recommendation of the Committee) such as where 
there is a change in responsibility, experience or a significant increase in the scale of the role and/or size, 
value and/or complexity of the Group.

The Committee considers individual salaries at the appropriate Committee meeting each year taking due 
account of the factors noted in operation of the salary policy.

To provide competitive benefits in line with market practice.

Framework used to assess 
performance and for the 
recovery of sums paid

Benefits
Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

The Company typically provides the following benefits:

•	 Car allowance

•	 Private health insurance

•	 Death in service cover

Maximum opportunity

•	 Other ancillary benefits, including relocation expenses/arrangements (as required).

Where Executive Directors are recruited from overseas, benefits more tailored to their geographical location 
may be provided. 

Where revised benefits are offered to employees more generally within a geographic location or across the 
Group, Executive Directors are likely to be eligible to receive those benefits.

In the year ended 30 November 2013, the maximum cost of providing benefits (based on taxable value of 
the benefits) was 5.8% of salary in total. However, the cost of some of these benefits is not pre-determined 
and may vary from year to year based on the overall cost to the Company in securing these benefits for a 
population of employees (particularly health insurance and death-in-service cover). 

Framework used to assess 
performance and for the 
recovery of sums paid

None.

46

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Directors’ Report on Remuneration(continued)Pension
Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

To provide a market competitive, yet cost-effective, long-term retirement benefit.

A Company contribution to a defined contribution scheme or the provision of a cash supplement 
equivalent.

Maximum opportunity

Company contributions of up to 25% of salary.

Framework used to assess 
performance and for the 
recovery of sums paid

None.

Annual Bonus
Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

To incentivise annual delivery of performance objectives relating to the short-term goals of the Company.

Annual cash bonus awards are earned with the majority based on performance against a sliding scale of 
challenging profit-based targets and with a minority based on targets related to the Company’s other key 
performance indicators (e.g. return on capital employed). The Committee adjusts these targets each year to 
ensure there is alignment with the Group’s strategic objectives.

Maximum opportunity

Maximum (% salary): 
100%

Framework used to assess 
performance and for the 
recovery of sums paid

Details of the performance measures used for the bonus relating to the previous financial year and targets 
set for the year under review and performance against them is provided in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration. 

Bonus is determined based on performance against a range of the Company’s key performance indicators 
and paid following the approval of the Group’s audited results for the year by the Board.

The majority of the bonus will be earned on the basis of stretching profit-based targets.

A minority may be based on targets related to the Company’s other key performance indicators (e.g. return 
on capital employed).

Some guidance on targets for the bonus for the coming year is set out in the Directors’ Report on 
Remuneration below but the specific targets are considered by the committee to be commercially sensitive 
and will not be disclosed in advance.

No more than 30% of salary in total is earned at the threshold performance levels, with a graduated scale 
operating thereafter through to maximum bonuses being earned for out-performance of the Company’s 
targets for the year.

Payments under the annual bonus plan may be subject to clawback in the event of a material misstatement of 
the Company’s financial results or misconduct that leads to such material misstatement or if an error is made 
in assessing the extent to which any target and/or any other condition imposed on the bonus was satisfied. 
The clawback provisions will operate for a two-year period following the date on which the bonus is paid.

Long-Term Incentive Plan Awards 
Purpose and link to strategy

To drive superior long-term financial performance and shareholder returns, aid retention and align the 
interests of Executive Directors with shareholders.

Operation

An annual award of free shares (i.e. either conditional shares or nil-cost options) which vest after three-
years subject to continued service (save in “good leaver” circumstances) and the achievement of 
challenging performance conditions. 

A dividend equivalent provision operates enabling dividends to be paid (in cash or shares) on shares that vest.

Maximum opportunity

Maximum (% salary): 

125%

In exceptional circumstances (e.g. recruitment), awards can be made up to 200% of salary. 

Framework used to assess 
performance and for the 
recovery of sums paid

Granted subject to challenging financial (e.g. adjusted EPS) and total shareholder return performance 
targets tested over three years. 

20% of awards will vest for threshold performance, with full vesting taking place for equalling, or 
exceeding, the maximum performance targets.

The Committee may scale back the level of vesting of an award if it considers underlying financial performance 
over the performance period has been significantly worse than the level of vesting would otherwise indicate.

Payments may be subject to clawback in the event of a material misstatement of the Company’s financial 
results or misconduct that leads to such material misstatement or if an error is made in assessing the extent 
to which any target and/or any other condition imposed on the award was satisfied. The clawback 
provisions will operate for a two-year period following the date on which awards vest.

47

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |All-employee Save-As-You-Earn Plan
Purpose and link to strategy

Encourages long-term shareholding in the Company.

Operation

Periodic invitations are made to participate in the Group’s Save-As-You-Earn (“SAYE”) Plan. 

Provides all employees with the opportunity to become owners in the Company on similar terms.

Shares acquired through the SAYE Plan (via exercising an option to acquire shares at the end of a savings 
contract) have significant tax benefits in the UK, subject to satisfying certain HMRC requirements. 

The SAYE Plan can only operate on an “all employee” / equal terms basis. A plan operates on similar terms, 
but on a non-tax favoured basis, outside the UK as appropriate.

The maximum participation level in the SAYE Plan is as per HMRC limits (maximum monthly savings towards 
share purchases have been limited to £250 per calendar month but will increase to £500 per month for 
savings contracts begun in 2014) with participants granted linked share options (by reference to projected 
savings) with a strike price currently up to a 20% discount to the prevailing share price at the time of grant. 
On the maturity of the savings contracts, participants can elect to (i) use the accumulated savings to 
exercise the option or (ii) request the return of their savings. 

In line with the relevant HMRC legislation (applicable to UK-based employees), there are no post-grant 
performance targets applicable to awards.

Maximum opportunity

Framework used to assess 
performance and for the 
recovery of sums paid

Share Ownership Guidelines
Purpose and link to strategy

To align interests of Executive Directors with shareholders.

Operation

Executive Directors are expected to retain 50% of the after-tax number of vested shares issued under 
long-term incentive awards until the guideline is achieved (applicable to awards granted from 2011 
onwards).

The Committee will monitor progress towards the guideline on an annual basis.

Maximum opportunity

A 100% of salary share ownership guideline applies to the Executive Directors.

Framework used to assess 
performance and for the 
recovery of sums paid

None.

Bonus Plan & LTIP Policy
The Committee will operate the annual bonus plan, the LTIP and SAYE Plan according to their respective rules and in accordance with the 
Listing Rules and HMRC rules, where relevant. The Committee retains discretion, consistent with market practice, in a number of regards to the 
operation and administration of these plans. These include the following (albeit with quantum and performance targets restricted to the 
descriptions detailed in the policy table above):

•	 Who participates in the plans;
•	 The timing of grant of award and/or payment;
•	 The size of an award and/or a payment;
•	 The determination of vesting and/or meeting targets; 
•	 Discretion required when dealing with a change of control (e.g. the timing of testing performance targets) or restructuring of the Group;
•	 Determination of a good/bad leaver for incentive plan purposes based on the rules of each plan and the annual bonus and the appropriate 

treatment chosen;

•	 Adjustments required in certain circumstances (e.g. rights issues, corporate restructuring, events and special dividends); and
•	 The annual review of performance measures weighting, and targets for the annual bonus plan and the LTIP from year to year.

The Committee also retains the ability to adjust the targets and/or set different measures and alter weightings for the annual bonus plan and  
to adjust targets for the LTIP if events occur (e.g. material divestment of a Group business) which cause it to determine that the conditions are 
no longer appropriate and the amendment is required so that the conditions achieve their original purpose and are not materially less difficult 
to satisfy.

All historic awards that were granted under the 2003 and 2013 LTIPs and remain outstanding (detailed on page 57 of the Annual Report on 
Remuneration) remain eligible to vest based on their original award terms. With regards to any promotions to the executive Board, the 
Company will retain the ability to honour payments agreed prior to joining the Board (such as, for example, an annual bonus formulated to 
reflect divisional performance), albeit that any payments agreed in consideration of being promoted to the Board will be consistent with the 
Recruitment and Promotion Policy on page 51. A bonus may be forfeit on cessation of employment in certain circumstances as outlined in 
“Directors’ service contracts and payments for loss of office” on page 52.

48

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Directors’ Report on Remuneration(continued)Choice of performance measures and approach to target setting
The performance metrics that are used for annual bonus and LTIP awards are a subset of the Group’s key performance indicators.

Under the annual bonus plan, profit is used as the primary performance metric. Other metrics based on the Company’s key performance 
indicators (which for the current year includes return on capital employed) are also used to provide clear alignment with the overarching 
strategy of achieving profitable cash-generative growth whilst ensuring that efficient management of capital is fully encouraged. 

In terms of long-term performance targets, LTIP awards vest subject to (i) challenging EPS growth targets that are aligned with the long-term levels  
of earnings growth targeted by the Company and (ii) relative TSR targets which provide clear alignment of interests between shareholders  
and executives. 

Targets are set based on sliding scales that take account of internal planning and external market expectations for the Company. Only modest 
rewards are available for delivering threshold performance levels, with maximum rewards requiring substantial out-performance of the 
challenging plans approved at the start of each year.

No performance targets are applied to the SAYE Plan, which is aimed at encouraging broad-based equity ownership.

Further details of the annual bonus metrics used for the year ended 30 November 2013 are set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration.  
The targets relating to the annual bonus for the year ended 30 November 2014 are considered to be commercially sensitive and will not 
therefore be disclosed in advance. They will be disclosed in next year’s Annual Report on Remuneration, along with disclosure of performance 
against them and the payments resulting. The targets for awards to be granted under the LTIP in 2014 are consistent with the policy set out 
above and are set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

Differences in remuneration policy for Executive Directors compared to other employees
The Committee is made aware of pay structures in the different countries in which the Group operates when setting the remuneration policy 
for Executive Directors. 

The workforce at Low & Bonar is increasingly geographically diverse and so local salary budgets are often influenced by the differing working 
conditions, regulations and economic conditions (including rates of inflation) in each location. As a result, when determining basic salary 
increases, the Committee considers the general basic salary increase and prevailing conditions for the country in which the Executive Director is 
based and, also, the general basic salary increase across the broader Group. Given the diverse nature of the Group, it is not as relevant to tie 
remuneration practices to those of the workforce more generally as, perhaps, would be the case in a UK-centric company. 

The key difference between Executive Directors’ remuneration and that of other employees is that, overall, the remuneration policy for 
Executive Directors is more heavily weighted towards variable pay. In particular, long-term incentives are not provided outside of the most 
senior executive population as they are reserved for those considered to have the greatest potential to influence overall levels of performance. 
Share ownership guidelines require lower levels of share retention for non-Directors. Annual bonuses are not made available to all employees, 
again being targeted at those with greater potential to influence performance, and performance targets, whilst being in line with Group 
objectives, are tailored to incentivise employees against targets which are relevant to the business in which they operate.

The level of variable pay varies by level of employee within the Group and is informed by the specific responsibilities of each role and local 
market practice as appropriate.

How the views of employees are taken into account
The Company does not actively consult with employees on executive remuneration. The Group has a diverse workforce operating in many 
different countries, with various local pay practices, which would make any cost-effective consultation impractical. However, the Committee is 
made aware of overall pay and employment conditions in the wider workforce and takes this into account when determining executive 
remuneration policy.

How the views of shareholders are taken into account
The Remuneration Committee considers shareholder feedback received in relation to the AGM each year. This feedback, together with any 
additional feedback received during any communications from time to time, is then considered as part of the Company’s annual review of 
remuneration policy. The Committee consulted with key investors ahead of its 2013 AGM in relation to the adoption of the 2013 Long-term 
Incentive Plan.

49

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Reward scenarios 
The Company’s policy results in a significant proportion of remuneration received by Executive Directors being dependent on Company 
performance. The graph below illustrates how the total pay opportunities for the Executive Directors vary under three different performance 
scenarios: below target, on-target and maximum. When reviewing the table, it should be noted that it has been prepared based on the policy 
detailed above and ignores, for simplicity, the potential impact of future share price growth and the effect of Steve Good’s retirement later  
this year. 

o
o
o
’
£

1,500

1,200

900

600

300

0

£902

29%

20%

51%

£461

100%

£1,255

35%

28%

37%

£690

29%

19%

51%

£354

100%

£958

35%

28%

37%

Below target

On-target
Chief Executive

Maximum

Below target

On-target
Finance Director

Maximum

Assumptions: 

Below target = fixed pay only (base salary, benefits and pension);

PSP
Annual Incentive
Fixed Pay

On-target = 50% payable of the 2013/14 annual bonus and 60% vesting of the 2013/14 LTIP awards (based on the mid-point being achieved 
between threshold and maximum performance levels); and

Maximum = 100% payable of the 2013/14 annual bonus and 100% vesting of the 2013/14 LTIP awards.

Salary levels (on which other elements of the package are calculated) are based on those applying on 1 December 2013. The value of taxable 
benefits is based on the cost of supplying those benefits (as disclosed on page 56) for the year ending 30 November 2013. The pension value is 
set at 25% of the salary. 

The Executive Directors can participate in the SAYE Plan on the same basis as other employees. The value that may be received under this 
scheme is subject to tax-approved limits. For simplicity, the value that may be received from participating in this scheme has been excluded 
from the graph above. 

Amounts have been rounded to the nearest £1,000. Share price growth on vesting of shares under LTIP awards has been ignored for the 
purposes of simplicity.

2013/2014 LTIP awards will only be made in March 2014 and provided that the Company is able to make such awards at such time. For the 
purposes of the table, it has been assumed that awards at 125% of current salary are made. Mr Good will not be granted an LTIP award in 
2014 due to his retirement so this information is for illustration purposes only.

50

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Directors’ Report on Remuneration(continued)Recruitment and Promotion Policy
For Executive Director recruitment and/or promotion situations, the Committee will follow the guidelines outlined below:

Remuneration Element

Policy

Base Salary

Benefits

Pension

Annual Bonus

Long-Term Incentives

Buy-out Awards

Salary for a new hire (or on promotion to Executive Director) would be set at a level sufficient to attract the 
best candidate available to fill the role, taking into account the Group’s position and strategy and the country 
in which the new hire will live and work. For example, it may set the salary of a new hire at a premium to 
those paid to the predecessor if this was necessary to attract a candidate with experience in a business of the 
size which the Group aspires to become or, conversely, could be set at a discount to those offered in 
companies of a similar size, geographical reach and complexity initially, with a series of planned increases over 
subsequent years, in order to bring the salary to the desired level, subject to individual performance. 

Benefits will be set in accordance with the Company’s remuneration policy. In addition, where necessary, the 
Committee may approve the payment of relocation expenses to facilitate recruitment and flexibility is retained 
to pay for legal fees and other costs incurred by the individual in relation to their appointment. Consideration 
may need to be given to particular elements of benefit packages if a new Director was recruited outside of 
the UK.

A defined contribution or cash supplement at the level provided to current Executive Directors, again subject 
to particular considerations for a recruit from outside the UK.

The annual bonus will operate as outlined for current Executive Directors, with the respective maximum 
opportunity, albeit usually pro-rated for the period of employment. Depending on the timing and 
responsibilities of the appointment, it may be necessary to set different performance measures and targets 
initially. 

The maximum ongoing incentive opportunity under the Company’s policy is 100% of salary.

LTIP awards will be granted in line with the policy outlined for the current Executive Directors. An award may 
(and would usually) be made upon appointment (subject to the Company not being prohibited from doing 
so). For an internal hire, existing awards would continue over their original vesting period and remain subject 
to their terms as at the date of grant and further awards may also be considered. 

The maximum ongoing annual award level is 125% of salary but an award, in exceptional circumstances (as 
determined by the Committee) (e.g. as in the case of a “buy-out” as detailed below), may be granted up to 
200% of salary under the rules of the LTIP. 

In the case of an external hire, the Committee may offer additional cash and/or share-based elements when  
it considers these to be in the best interests of the Company (and therefore shareholders) to facilitate the 
buy-out of value forfeit on joining the Company. This includes the use of awards made under Rule 9.4.2 of 
the Listing Rules. Such payments would take account of remuneration relinquished when leaving a former 
employer and would reflect (as far as possible) the nature and time horizons attaching to that remuneration 
and the impact of any performance conditions. Shareholders will be informed of any such payments at the 
time of appointment. 

51

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Directors’ service contracts and payments for loss of office 
The policy of the Company is to have service contracts for all the Executive Directors that continue indefinitely unless determined by their  
notice period. 

The Committee’s policy is to set notice periods of up to 12 months for the Company to dismiss an Executive Director. Should notice be served 
by either party, the executive will be able to continue to receive basic salary and other emoluments (but not bonus) for the duration of their 
notice period during which time the Company may require the individual to continue to fulfill their current duties or may assign a period of 
garden leave. 

A bonus has only been payable if the relevant Director is in the employment of Low & Bonar PLC on the date on which bonuses are paid by  
the Company following the end of the relevant financial year (the “Payment Date”) and he/she has not given notice of intention to leave 
employment. The Company’s policy in future years (including 2013/2014), will include the ability for payments to be made to Executive 
Directors on a pro-rata basis if the Director is a “good leaver” during the year: i.e. in certain prescribed circumstances, such as ill health, injury 
or disability, redundancy, retirement, transfer or sale of the employing company, or other circumstances at the discretion of the Committee. If 
the Company dismisses the Director on or after the final date of the financial year but before the Payment Date (other than for reasons of gross 
misconduct) he/she will remain eligible to receive the bonus. 

Executive Director’s service contracts may be terminated without notice for certain events, such as gross misconduct. No payment or 
compensation beyond sums accrued up to the date of termination will be made if such event occurs.

At the Company’s discretion, Executive Directors may receive a payment in lieu of notice. The payment in lieu of notice would relate to the 
unexpired notice period and include base salary and other emoluments (but not bonus). The contracts of the current Executive Directors 
provide that, if a payment in lieu of notice is made, then on the date of notice of termination a payment of six months’ salary is made. Further 
payments are made only if the Director is not in full-time employment at the time at which the payments fall to be made. The policy for a new 
hire would be that a payment in lieu of notice may be made but that it would be subject to full, on-going mitigation.

The treatment for share-based incentives previously granted to an Executive Director will be determined based on the relevant plan rules. The 
default treatment will be for outstanding awards to lapse on cessation of employment. However, in relation to awards granted under the 2013 
LTIP, in certain prescribed circumstances, such as retirement, injury or disability, redundancy, transfer or sale of the employing company, or 
other circumstances at the discretion of the Committee (reflecting the circumstances that prevail at the time) “good leaver” status may be 
applied. If treated as a good leaver, awards will remain subject to performance conditions, which will be measured over the performance 
period from grant to the normal vesting date, and will be reduced pro-rata to reflect the proportion of the performance period actually served 
(although the Committee can decide not to pro-rate if it considers it inappropriate to do so). The Committee can also decide, in exceptional 
circumstances, to allow the award to vest on the date of cessation, subject to performance to that date and pro-rating. Options held under the 
SAYE Plan generally lapse when employment ceases, subject again to certain good leaver provisions.

The Company may enable the provision of outplacement services to a departing Director, where appropriate.

With regards to awards previously granted under the 2003 LTIP, the extent of early vesting that takes place in certain good leaver circumstances 
is broadly equivalent to that described for the 2013 LTIP. No further awards can be granted under this arrangement. Awards made to Steve 
Good (under both the 2003 LTIP and 2013 LTIP) will remain eligible to vest, subject to performance, under these provisions in light of his 
retirement.

In relation to the current Executive Directors’ service contracts, Steve Good entered into a service agreement in November 2003 (as amended in 
2008 and again in 2009 following his becoming Group Chief Executive) and Mike Holt entered into a service agreement in September 2010, in 
respect of his appointment which commenced on 22 November 2010.

External appointments
The Committee recognises that Executive Directors may be invited to become Non-Executive Directors in other companies and that these 
appointments can enhance their knowledge and experience to the benefit of the Company. It is the Company’s policy that Board approval is 
required before any external appointment may be accepted by an Executive Director. The Executive Director is permitted to retain any fees paid 
for such services. Neither of the current Executive Directors holds any such remunerated external appointment.

Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment
Non-Executive Directors do not have service contracts but are appointed pursuant to letters of appointment renewable usually for periods of 
three years. The appointment of the Non-Executive Directors may be terminated by either the Director or the Company giving six months’ 
notice in writing. Continuation of an appointment is contingent on re-election by the shareholders as required by the Articles.

52

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Directors’ Report on Remuneration(continued)Non-Executive Director’s service contract
Martin Flower has a service contract with the Company dated 12 February 2010 (which replaced his letter of appointment relating to his 
previous service as a Non-Executive Director dated 1 January 2007). Mr Flower’s appointment is for a period of three years from 30 June 2013, 
which can be extended for a further three-years upon expiry. The appointment may be terminated at any time by either party giving to the 
other six months’ prior written notice. If the Company gives notice it may, at its discretion, terminate the appointment with immediate effect by 
paying an amount in respect of the fee for the notice period. Mr Flower’s appointment as Chairman will terminate forthwith and without any 
compensation for loss of office if he is removed as a Director by resolution passed at a general meeting or if he ceases to be a Director 
pursuant to any provision of the Articles of Association.

Steve Hannam
Trudy Schoolenberg
Martin Flower
John Sheldrick

The policy on Non-Executive Directors’ fees is:

Original
appointment date

Renewed from

1/9/2013 for 1 year
1/9/2002
1/5/2013
N/A
1/1/2007 30/6/2013 for 3 years
N/A
1/10/2011

Fees
Purpose and link to strategy

To provide a competitive fee which will attract those high-calibre individuals with the relevant skills and 
experience necessary to contribute to a high performing board.

Operation

The fees for Non-Executive Directors (including the Chairman) are reviewed every year, although not always 
changed. 

Fee levels are set by reference to the expected time commitments and responsibility and are periodically 
market tested to determine if fee levels are in line with those offered in companies of a comparable size, 
international reach and complexity for each role. 

The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors are paid an annual fee and do not participate in any of the 
Company’s incentive arrangements or receive any pension provision. 

The Non-Executive Directors receive a basic fee, with additional fees payable for chairmanship of the 
Company’s key committees. 

The Committee recommends the remuneration of the Chairman to the Board.

The Chairman’s fee is considered by the Remuneration Committee (during which the Chairman has  
no part in discussions) and the Non-Executive Directors’ fee is determined by the Board excluding the 
Non-Executives. 

Maximum opportunity

Fees for the year ended 30 November 2014 are:

•	 Chairman: £135,757
•	 Non-Executive Director base fee: £40,000
•	 Chairman of the Audit Committee: £7,000
•	 Chairman of the Remuneration Committee: £7,000

The above fee levels will be eligible for increases during the three-year period that the remuneration policy 
operates to ensure they continue to appropriately recognise the time commitment of the role, increases to 
fee levels for non-executive directors in general and fee levels in companies of a similar size and complexity.

Framework used to assess 
performance and for the 
recovery of sums paid

None.

53

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION
This part of the report has been prepared in accordance with Part 4 of 
The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and 
Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013 and Rule 9.8.6R of the 
Listing Rules. The Annual Remuneration Report will be put to an 
advisory shareholder vote at the 2014 AGM. The information on 
pages 56 to 58 has been audited.

Unaudited information

The Remuneration Committee
The Committee currently comprises the following Non-Executive 
Directors of the Company: Steve Hannam, Chairman of the 
Committee; Trudy Schoolenberg; Martin Flower; and John Sheldrick, 
who were all members of the Committee throughout the year under 
review, with the exception of Ms Schoolenberg who joined the 
Committee on her appointment to the Board on 1 May 2013 in 
succession to Mr Folkert Blaisse, who left the Board and the 
Committee on 30 April 2013. All of the Committee members, with 
the exception of Mr Flower, are considered by the Board to be 
independent. Mr Flower became a member of the Committee on 6 
July 2010 and, while it is no longer appropriate to apply the test of 
independence to him following his appointment as Chairman, he was 
considered by the Board to be independent on his initial appointment 
as a Non-Executive Director. 

The Group Chief Executive and the Group Finance Director may be 
invited to attend meetings of the Committee. The Committee keeps 
itself informed of all relevant developments and best practice in the 
field of remuneration and seeks advice where appropriate from 
external advisers. The Group Chief Executive, the Group Finance 
Director and the Company Secretary also assist the Committee, 
except in relation to their own remuneration. The attendance of each 
Director at meetings during the year is shown on page 37.

The Committee continues to consider, in line with the Association of 
British Insurers’ Guidelines on Responsible Investment Disclosures, 
whether the incentive policies for Executive Directors and senior 
executives raise any ESG issues or risks by inadvertently motivating 
irresponsible behaviour (with liaison between the Risk Oversight, Audit 
and Remuneration Committees where appropriate). As part of this 
action, the Committee periodically commissions a remuneration risk 
assessment, the last one being undertaken during 2013. This assessment 
confirmed that the Company’s remuneration policy is aligned with the 
Group’s strategy and does not encourage undue risk taking given the 
internal controls operated by the Group, the range of performance 
measures used for incentive purposes and the significant weighting 
placed on long-term performance.

provision of advice in relation to executive remuneration and 
Non-Executive Director fees and nor do any other companies within 
the Aon plc group provide other services to the Company. The total 
fees paid to New Bridge Street in respect of its services during the 
year were £50,303. New Bridge Street is a signatory to the 
Remuneration Consultants Group Code of Conduct. Freshfields 
Bruckhaus Deringer provides legal advice to the Company on matters 
other than remuneration on a regular and continuing basis. The 
Committee regularly reviews the external advisor relationship and is 
comfortable that the advice it is receiving remains objective and 
independent.

Implementation of remuneration policy for year 
ending 30 November 2013
i) Basic salary 
The Executive Directors’ base salaries were reviewed during the final 
quarter of the financial year ending 30 November 2013. The 
Committee took account of progression in the role as well as a 
consideration of each individual’s developing responsibilities, 
performance, skills and experience. The Committee also considered 
the wider pay levels and salary increases being proposed across the 
Group as a whole. As a result, the Committee decided to increase  
the Executive Directors salaries by around 3% with effect from  
1 December 2013.

Group Chief Executive
Group Finance Director

Salary as at 
1 December 
2013

Salary as at 
1 December 
2012

£353,000 £342,140
£268,500 £260,000

Increase

3.2%
3.3%

The increase awarded to the Executive Directors took due account of 
the performance-related salary increases awarded to UK-based 
employees and our policy objective of offering base salaries that are 
in line with those offered by companies of a similar size, international 
reach and complexity. 

ii) Pension and benefits
Executive Directors receive a car allowance, private health insurance, 
death in service cover and a Company pension contribution of 25%  
of salary. 

iii) Performance-related bonus 
In 2014, the Executive Directors will again be eligible to receive a 
performance-related bonus of up to 100% of salary with the metrics 
and opportunity composed as follows: 

Metric

Profit*
ROCE**

Opportunity (% Salary)

70%
30%

The Committee’s remit is set out in the terms of reference, a copy of 
which is available on the Company’s website. In 2013, the Committee 
recommended to the Board the broad policy for the remuneration of 
the Chairman, the Executive Directors and other senior executives.

* 

 Profit before tax, amortisation and non-recurring items, at budgeted exchange rates 
on a constant basis throughout the year.

**  ROCE targets are subject to achieving a threshold level of profit before tax, 

amortisation and non-recurring items to ensure that the sales growth and returns are 
delivered on a profitable basis. 

External advisers
The Committee has authority to obtain the advice of external 
independent remuneration consultants. It is solely responsible for 
their appointment, retention and termination and for approval of the 
basis of their fees and other terms. During the year, the Committee 
sought advice from New Bridge Street, a trading name of Aon Hewitt 
Limited (an Aon plc company), and, in relation to certain matters of 
legal compliance only, Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer. New Bridge 
Street has no connection with the Company other than in the 

In line with the policy detailed in the Policy Report, the bonus targets 
operating for the year ended 30 November 2014 will be structured on 
a graduated scale around targeted levels of performance.  In relation 
to the profit element of a bonus (maximum of 70% of salary), the 
bonus payable at the threshold performance level is 17.5% of salary 
through to a maximum bonus being earned at up to 70% of salary in 
relation to delivering performance ahead of the Company’s target.  In 
relation to the ROCE element of the bonus (maximum of 30% of 
salary), the bonus payable at the threshold performance level is 7.5% 

54

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Directors’ Report on Remuneration(continued)of salary through to a maximum bonus being earned at up to 30% of 
salary in relation to delivering performance ahead of the Company’s 
target. No bonus is earned against non-financial targets. As was the 
case with the bonuses for the year ended 30 November 2013, the 
annual bonus for the year ended 30 November 2014 will also be 
subject to clawback provisions which will enable the Committee to 
recover the value overpaid to an Executive Director in respect of 2014 
performance in the event of a material misstatement of the 
Company’s financial results or misconduct that leads to such material 
misstatement or if an error is made in assessing the extent to which 
any target and/or any other condition imposed on the bonus was 
satisfied. The clawback provisions will operate for a two-year period 
following the date on which the bonus is paid. The specific targets set 
are considered by the Committee to be commercially sensitive and will 
thus not be disclosed in advance in this year’s report. Disclosure of the 
specific targets, along with performance against them and payments 
resulting, will be provided on a retrospective basis in next year’s 
Annual Report on Remuneration. Bonuses for Executive Directors are 
subject to provisions allowing for payment on a pro rata basis to 
“good leavers” during the year as outlined above.

iv) Long-term Incentive Plan
The maximum normal award limit under the 2013 LTIP is 125% of 
salary and it is intended that awards will be granted at this level in the 
current financial year as nil-cost options. No award will be made to 
Steve Good. The quantum of awards has been set after taking due 
account of (i) the need to motivate and retain the Executive Directors 
and other participants and (ii) the challenging nature of the 
performance targets set. 

The performance targets to apply to the awards to be granted in the 
current financial year under the 2013 LTIP will be, as in prior years, 
split so that half will vest dependent on challenging EPS growth 
targets and half dependent on relative TSR measured against the 
constituents of the FTSE Small Cap Index (excluding investment 
trusts). The targets, each tested over three years, are as follows:

Relative Total Shareholder Return (50% of an award)

Low & Bonar TSR Ranking versus FTSE Small Cap Index
(excluding investment trusts)

Below median
Median
Upper quartile

Straight-line vesting between performance points

Earnings Per Share (50% of an award)

Adjusted annualized EPS growth1

Below 6% p.a.
6% p.a.
14% p.a.

Percentage 
vesting

0%
20%
100%

Percentage 
vesting

0%
20%
100%

Straight-line vesting between performance points

1   The base-year EPS (i.e. that for the year ended 30 November 2013) is 6.23p, being  

our reported adjusted EPS adjusted to include administration costs but excluding net 
pension interest costs relating to the Group’s pension schemes as calculated in 
accordance with IAS 19 Revised (after such revisions the adjusted EPS is the same as 
the reported EPS for 2013). The Remuneration Committee will also adjust reported 
EPS for these same pension-related elements when assessing achievement of 
performance targets at the end of the performance period in order that the volatility 
in results which may arise from pension scheme investment strategy, which is 
managed by independent trustees is excluded from consideration of management 
performance.

The Committee will have a power to reduce vesting if the Company’s 
overall financial performance over the performance period is 
significantly worse than the level of vesting indicates. In such 
circumstances, the Committee may reduce the level of vesting of an 
award so that, in the reasonable opinion of the Committee, it reflects 
the Company’s overall financial performance over the performance 
period. In making its assessment, the Committee will consider the 
Company’s broad range of key performance indicators from time to 
time (which currently include profit before tax and return on capital 
employed).

The use of EPS and relative TSR, consistent with the approach taken in 
prior years, reflects our continued long-term focus on delivering 
long-term profitable growth and creating above market levels of 
shareholder value. Setting absolute EPS growth targets is considered 
to provide a clear and transparent approach to incentivising Executive 
Directors and mirrors the approach taken in recent years. The range 
of EPS targets reflects the current trading environment and is aligned 
with the continued focus on profitable growth, which is a key factor 
in our strategy. Use of relative TSR provides clear alignment between 
the Executive Directors and the Company’s shareholders. We believe 
the targets to be appropriately challenging given the proposed level 
of the awards.

When testing these targets, the Committee’s policy will be to (i) 
request from its advisers an independent assessment of the extent to 
which the relative TSR target has been satisfied and (ii) consider the 
Company’s audited results (and the need to make any adjustments) 
when determining the extent of vesting in respect of EPS targets.

The awards will be subject to clawback provisions which will enable 
the Committee to recover the value overpaid to an Executive Director 
under an award in respect of performance to the year ending 30 
November 2016 in the event of a material misstatement of the 
Company’s financial results or misconduct that leads to such material 
misstatement or an error is made in assessing the extent to which any 
target and/or any other condition imposed on vesting was satisfied. 
The clawback provisions will operate for a two-year period following 
the date on which the awards vest.

v) Other share-based incentives
Executive Directors remain eligible to participate in the SAYE Plan on 
the same terms as any other eligible employee. 

vi) Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration
Non-Executive Directors are not eligible to participate in short or 
long-term incentive plans or to receive any pension from the Group. 

During the year under review, the remuneration of the Non-Executive 
Directors was reviewed by the Board (without the Non-Executive 
Directors participating in Board decisions) and was increased to 
£40,000, the first increase in fees for four years. The fee for chairing 
the Remuneration Committee was also increased to £7,000 and the 
fee for chairing the Audit Committee remains at £7,000. The 
increases to fees for the coming year were made after considering the 
results of a benchmarking exercise encompassing companies of a 
comparable size, international reach and complexity. 

The Chairman’s fee of £135,757 was reviewed by the Committee, but 
not increased, for the year ending 30 November 2014.

55

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Audited Information
Table 1 Analysis of individual Directors’ emoluments

Salaries
and fees
£

Benefits
in kind1
£

Annual
bonus2
£

LTIP 
awards3
£

Pensions4
£

Total
£

Executive Directors

S Good

M Holt

Non-Executive Directors
SJ Hannam5

C Littmoden6

MC Flower

FB Blaisse7

T Schoolenberg8

JN Sheldrick9

2013
2012
2013
2012

342,140
332,175
260,000
252,350

19,735
19,649
18,535
18,449

–
263,425
–
200,114

615,906
610,434
438,994
345,450

85,535 1,063,316
83,044 1,308,727
782,529
65,000
879,450
63,087

2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012

47,000
41,762
–
10,753
135,757
135,757
15,838
38,012
22,174
–
45,000
45,000

47,000
41,762
–
10,753
135,757
135,757
15,838
38,012
22,174
–
45,000
45,000

1  Benefits in kind are a car allowance and health insurance for the Director and his spouse/children under 21. In relation to the benefits detailed in the above table, the benefit which 

is considered to be significant in value terms is the provision of a car allowance, which was limited to an annual cost of £16,200 for Mr Good and £15,000 for Mr Holt.

2  The annual bonus is the only payment made to Directors which falls within paragraph 7(1)(c) of Part 3 of Schedule 8 to the Regulations. In setting the bonus plan for 2012, the 

metrics used were chosen to be aligned with the Group’s stated medium-term objectives and were set out in more detail on page 44 of last year’s Annual Report.

The metrics used in the annual bonus plan in the year under review were chosen to be aligned with the Group’s stated medium-term objectives. This resulted in a combination of 
profit and ROCE targets being set. The sliding scales of targets set took due account of both internal planning and the external market’s expectations for the Company’s 
performance. The bonus earned against the targets set, and a summary of the targets and weightings applying to each measure for 2013, is set out below:

Metric

Profit*

ROCE**

Opportunity (% salary)

Payment (% salary)

70%

30%

0%

0%

*  Profit before tax, amortisation and non-recurring items at budgeted exchange rates. A “profit” element of the bonus was to be paid if profit before tax, amortisation and 

non-recurring items (“PBTA”) equalled or exceeded the lower limit of £25.0m. At the lower limit, a ‘profit’ bonus of 21% of salary was payable. Below the lower limit, no “profit” 
element of the bonus was to be paid. At a PBTA of £26.3m (the mid-point), a profit element of the bonus of 45% of salary was to be payable. A maximum “profit” element of the 
bonus of 70% of salary was to be payable if PBTA was equal to or more than £27.5m (the upper limit). Between the lower and mid point and between the mid point and the upper 
limits, the profit bonus percentage was to increase on a straight-line basis. As the targets were set at budgeted exchange rates, the level of profit determined to have been made 
during the year would differ from reported profits, which are based upon actual exchange rates during the year. Certain other minor adjustments to reported profits may also be 
taken into account when determining profits for the purposes of annual bonuses.

**  ROCE targets were subject to achieving a threshold level of PBTA (calculated as set out above) to ensure that the returns were delivered on a profitable basis. A return on capital 
employed element of the bonus was to be payable if return on capital employed for the relevant periods equalled or exceeded the rates for the periods referred to in the table 
below. Return on capital employed was operating profit before non-recurring items and amortisation for the twelve-month period ending on 31 May or 30 November 2013  
(as applicable) divided by the total sum of fixed assets (property, plant and equipment), inventories, trade debtors, prepayments, trade creditors and accruals at budgeted exchange 
rates). Below the lower limit specified, no ‘“return on capital employed” element of the bonus was to be paid. A maximum “return on capital employed” element of the bonus of  
15% of salary was only to be payable if return on capital employed was equal to or more than the rate specified (the upper limit).

31 May 2013

30 November 2013

Period-end return on  

capital employed

Bonus entitlement 
(as % of salary)

15.5%
16.5%

16.5%
17.5%

0.0%
15.0%

0.0%
15.0%

Between the lower and upper limits, the return on capital employed bonus percentage was to increase on a straight line basis. The “return on capital employed” element of the 
bonus was only to become payable if actual PBTA was at least £25.0m. 

No bonuses became payable for the Executive Directors as the adjusted PBTA for the year was below the lower limit. 

56

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Directors’ Report on Remuneration(continued) 
 
 
3  The amounts stated for 2012 comprise the value of ordinary shares vesting and being received in that financial year under (a) LTIP awards made in 2009 in relation to the TSR performance 

target (but not the EPS target) as the performance period in relation to the TSR target ended in that financial year and the shares vested and were issued to the relevant Directors in 
September 2012 and (b) LTIP awards made in 2010 in relation to the EPS performance target (but not the TSR target) as the performance period in relation to the EPS target ended in that 
financial year, although those shares vested and were issued to the relevant Directors in April 2013. The amounts stated for 2013 comprise the value of ordinary shares (a) vesting and being 
received in that financial year under LTIP awards made in 2010 in relation to the TSR performance target (but not the EPS target) as the performance period in relation to the TSR target 
ended in that financial year and the shares vested and were issued to the relevant Directors in April 2013 and (b) to vest and be issued under LTIP awards made in 2011 in relation to the EPS 
performance target (but not the TSR target) as the performance period in relation to the EPS target ended in that financial year, although those shares have not yet vested or been issued to 
the relevant Directors, which is expected to occur in March 2014. The values stated are the prices at which the relevant shares (or a portion of them) were sold in the market immediately 
after their allotment to the Director in respect of the shares issued under the 2009 and 2010 awards and based on the market price of the shares over the last quarter of the 2013 financial 
year in relation to the shares to be issued under the 2011 award. 

The 2009 LTIP awards vested as to 97.4% of the maximum level in relation to the TSR performance condition in September 2012 based on a three-year total shareholder return of 
87.9%, which was marginally below the upper quartile level of the FTSE Small Cap Index (excluding investment trusts) over the three-year period of 91.4%. The 2010 LTIP awards 
vested as to the maximum level in relation to both the EPS and TSR performance conditions in April 2013. This level of vesting was triggered as a result of achieving (i) EPS of 6.28p 
in the year ending 30 November 2012 which was above the maximum EPS target of 5.4p and thus resulted in maximum vesting in respect of this part of the award and (ii) a 
three-year total shareholder return of 110.4%, which was above the upper quartile level of the FTSE Small Cap Index (excluding investment trusts) over the three-year period of 
94.5%, which triggered vesting in respect of 100% of this part of the award. The 2011 LTIP awards are due to vest in March 2014 to 44% of the maximum in relation to the EPS 
performance targets (22% of the total of the award). This level of vesting was triggered as a result of achieving (i) EPS of 6.23p in the year ending 30 November 2013 compared  
to the EPS target range of 5.7p to 7.0p. At vesting (14 March 2014), the value of the vested shares to Executive Directors is estimated at £123,135 for Mr Good and £93,544 for  
Mr Holt (using the average share price over the final quarter of the year ended 30 November 2013 of 74.28p). The LTIP Awards made in 2011 are subject to clawback as described 
elsewhere in this report.

4 

In addition to their salaries, the Executive Directors are entitled to a percentage of their basic salary to enable them to make retirement benefit arrangements. Payments made under 
this arrangement during the year were a contribution of 25% of salary.

5  Steve Hannam received a fee of £5,000 for his Chairmanship of the Remuneration Committee from 1 March 2012 onwards (a pro-rata portion of which is included in the number in 

the table). 

6  Chris Littmoden received a fee of £5,000 for his Chairmanship of the Remuneration Committee (which is included in the number in the table). He ceased to be a Director of the 

Company on 28 February 2012 and the information in this report for 2012 relates only to the period up to that date.

7 

Folkert Blaisse ceased to be a director on 30 April 2013 and the information in this report for 2013 relates only to the period up to that date.

8  Trudy Schoolenberg became a Director on 1 May 2013 and the information in this report for 2013 relates only to the period from that date until 30 November 2013.

9 

John Sheldrick received a fee of £7,000 for his chairmanship of the Audit Committee (which is included in the number in the table).

Table 2 The Low & Bonar Long-Term Incentive Plan
Awards held by Directors under the LTIP are as follows:

S Good
M Holt
S Good1
M Holt
S Good1
M Holt
S Good1
M Holt

At 1 December 
2012

1,397,932
980,000
753,505
572,430
570,926
394,297
–
–

Awarded in year

Vested in year

Lapsed in year

At 30 November 
2013

Share price at date 
of award

–
–
–
–
–
–
575,993
437,710

1,397,932
980,000
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
753,505
572,430
570,926
394,297
575,993
437,710

33.00p
45.00p
53.50p
53.50p
64.00p
64.00p
74.25p
74.25p

Date of award

1/3/20102
22/11/20102
15/3/20113
15/3/20113
16/3/20124
16/3/20124
9/4/20135
9/4/20135

1  The outstanding awards made to Steve Good may vest in whole or in part once performance against the relevant targets is assessed and such vesting and the number of shares 

which are issued to Mr Good will be determined under the rules of the relevant plan.

2  The performance criteria applying to these awards were structured as follows: 

50% of the shares were subject to an EPS growth target and 50% a relative TSR target measured against the constituents of the FTSE Small Cap Index. Under the EPS element, 25% 
of shares vested for EPS in the year ended 30 November 2012 of 4.7 pence, rising on a straight-line basis to full vesting for EPS of 5.4 pence. Under the TSR element, 25% of shares 
vested for median TSR, rising on a straight-line basis to full vesting for upper quartile. The award vested in full in April 2013 having fully met the performance conditions. The gains 
made by the directors on vesting of these awards were £985,542.06 for Mr Good (2012: £238,466.25) and £690,900.00 for Mr Holt (2012: £nil).

3  The performance criteria applying to these awards are structured as follows: 

50% of the shares are subject to an EPS growth target and 50% a relative TSR target measured against the constituents of the FTSE Small Cap Index. Under the EPS element, 20% 
of shares vest for EPS in the year ended 30 November 2013 of 5.9 pence, rising on a straight-line basis to full vesting for EPS of 7.0 pence. Under the TSR element, 20% of shares 
vest for median TSR, rising on a straight-line basis to full vesting for upper quartile.

4  The performance criteria applying to these awards are structured as follows: 

50% of the shares are subject to an EPS growth target and 50% a relative TSR target measured against the constituents of the FTSE Small Cap Index. Under the EPS element, 20% 
of shares vest for EPS in the year ended 30 November 2014 of 7.1 pence, rising on a straight-line basis to full vesting for EPS of 8.8 pence. Under the TSR element, 20% of shares 
vest for median TSR, rising on a straight-line basis to full vesting for upper quartile. 

5  The performance criteria applying to these awards are structured as follows: 

50% of the shares are subject to an EPS growth target and 50% a relative TSR target measured against the constituents of the FTSE Small Cap Index over the period until 8 April 
2016. Under the EPS element, 20% of shares vest for EPS in the year ended 30 November 2015 of 7.5 pence, rising on a straight-line basis to full vesting for EPS of 9.3 pence. Under 
the TSR element, 20% of shares vest for median TSR, rising on a straight-line basis to full vesting for upper quartile. 

57

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 | 
LTIP award granted in the year
On 9 April 2013, an LTIP award was made to each of the Executive Directors at 125% of salary. The award was made on the following basis:

S Good
M Holt

Type of Award

Basis of award 
granted

Share price at date 
of grant

Number of shares 

awarded Face value of award 

Nil-cost option 125% of salary
Nil-cost option 125% of salary

£0.7425
£0.7425

575,993
437,710

£427,675
£325,000

% of face value 
which vests at 
threshold

20%
20%

Details of the performance conditions attaching to this award are provided as a footnote to table 2 on page 57. 

Directors’ share options
As at 30 November 2013, Steve Good held 10,543 options under the SAYE Plan. As at 30 November 2013, Mike Holt held 36,039 options 
under the SAYE Plan. No options have been granted to any Director during the period 1 December 2013 to 4 February 2014.

The market price of a share at 30 November 2013 was 70p and the range during the year to 30 November 2013 was 52.75p to 80.00p.

Table 3 Directors’ interests in shares
The interests of the Directors and their connected persons in the shares of the Company were:

S Good
MC Flower
M Holt
SJ Hannam
J Sheldrick
T Schoolenberg
FB Blaisse1

Beneficially owned 
as at 30 November 
2013

Beneficially owned as 
at 1 December 2012

Target shareholding 
guideline level (% 
salary)

Outstanding LTIP 
awards

Outstanding 
options (vested but 
unexercised)

Outstanding options 
(unvested)

1,010,915
481,912
366,535
348,232
76,993
36,231
–

429,842
388,142
65,000
348,232
70,000
–
189,285

100%
–
100%
–
–
–
–

1,900,424
–
1,404,437
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

10,543
–
36,039
–
–
–
–

1  Mr Blaisse ceased to be a director on 30 April 2013.

The Executive Directors are expected to retain 50% of the after-tax number of vested long-term incentive awards until they hold shares of a 
value equivalent to 100% of their salary (applicable to awards granted from 2011 onwards). As at 31 January 2014 (the latest practical date 
prior to the completion of this report), the value of the holdings of shares held by the Executive Directors were as follows:

Director

S Good
M Holt

Number of shares held

Value of holding (£)

1,010,915
366,535

874,441
317,053

% of salary

247.7%
118.1%

During the period 1 December 2013 to 4 February 2014, no changes in Directors’ interests have been notified to the Company.

No Director held any beneficial interest in or options over shares in or debentures of any other Group company at 30 November 2013  
or at 4 February 2014, save as set out above.

58

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Directors’ Report on Remuneration(continued)Unaudited Information
Performance graph
The following graph illustrates the TSR performance of the Company compared to the FTSE Small Cap Total Return Index (the “Index”) over the 
past five years. The Index has been chosen as the appropriate benchmark for the Company. It is a recognised broad equity market index of 
which the Company has been a member throughout the period. The Index constituents are also used for the purposes of measuring the 
Company’s relative TSR performance which governs 50% of the vesting of each LTIP award. Performance, as required by legislation, is 
measured by TSR, being the increase in the share price over the period including the value of net dividends which are assumed to be reinvested 
in the Company’s shares on the ex-dividend date by the Company.

This graph shows the value, at 30 November 2013, of £100 invested in the Company’s Ordinary Shares on 30 November 2008 compared with 
the value of £100 invested in the FTSE Small Cap Total Return Index. The other points plotted are the values at intervening financial year-ends.

£

l

e
u
a
V

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

FTSE Small Cap Index
Low & Bonar

30-Nov-08

30-Nov-09

30-Nov-10

30-Nov-11

30-Nov-12

30-Nov-13

Total shareholders return – Source: Thomson Reuters

Remuneration of the Group Chief Executive
The table below shows the total remuneration figure for the Group Chief Executive during each of the past five financial years. The total 
remuneration figure includes the annual bonus and LTIP awards which vested based on performance in those years. The annual bonus and LTIP 
percentages show the payout for each year as a percentage of the maximum.

Total remuneration (£)
Annual bonus (%)
LTIP vesting2 (%)

20091

2010

2011

2012

2013

479,922
0%
0%

710,067
100%
0%

803,309 1,308,727 1,063,316
0%
79.3%
98.7%4
72%

81%
50%3

1 

In 2009, the Group had two Chief Executive Officers. Mr Paul Forman, until 3 September 2009, and Steve Good, from 3 September 2009. The total remuneration for 2009 
represents those amounts paid to Mr Forman (£382,800) until 31 October 2009 (the date on which he ceased to be a director, some two months later than he ceased to be CEO) 
and those amounts paid to Mr Good (£97,122) from 3 September 2009 to the end of that year. No bonus was paid to Paul Forman following his resignation from the Board on  
31 October 2009 or to Steve Good, who voluntarily waived his bonus entitlement for the year.

2   The LTIP awards are included in relation to any financial year on the same basis as those set out in table 2 on page 57. 
3   Awards made to Paul Forman in 2009 lapsed when he left the Company in 2009 and are not reflected in this column. The stated figure relates only to awards held by Mr Steve Good 

and relates to vesting in relation to the EPS performance condition relating to awards made in 2009. 

4   Awards made to Paul Forman in 2009 lapsed when he left the Company in 2009 and are not reflected in this column. The stated figure relates only to awards held by Mr Steve Good 

and relates to vesting in relation to the TSR performance condition relating to awards made in 2009 and the EPS performance condition relating to awards made in 2010.

59

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 | 
Percentage change in remuneration levels 
The table below shows the movement in the salary, benefits and annual bonus for the Group Chief Executive between the current and 
previous financial year compared to that for the average UK employee. The Committee has chosen this comparator as it feels that it provides a 
more appropriate reflection of the earnings of the average worker than the movement in the Group’s total wage bill, which is distorted by 
movements in the number of employees and variations in wage practices in our overseas markets. For the benefits and bonus per employee, 
this is based on those employees eligible to participate in such schemes.

Chief Executive (£)
– salary
– benefits
– bonus

Average per employee1 (£)
– salary
– benefits
– bonus

2012

2013

% change

332,175
19,649
263,425

342,140
19,735
–

3.0%
0.4%
-100%

51,970
2,231
9,928

53,601
2,002
3,940

3.1%
 -10.3%
 -60.3%

1   The Group operates from four locations in the UK: its head office and one facility for each of Yarns, Bonar and MTX. The average is a weighted-average across those four locations.

Relative importance of the spend on pay
The table below shows the movement in spend on staff costs versus that in dividends.

– Staff costs
– Dividends1

1  Dividends declared in respect of the year.

External Directorships
During the year under review the Executive Directors did not hold any external non-executive roles. 

Statement of shareholder voting 
At last year’s AGM, the Directors’ Remuneration Report received the following votes from shareholders:

– Votes cast in favour
– Votes cast against

– Total votes cast
– Abstentions

2012

2013

% change

£74.6m £79.8m
£8.2m

£7.0m

7.0%
17.1%

2013 AGM

239,656,305
3,851,954

243,508,259
47,451

98.42%
1.58%

100%

During the year, the Remuneration Committee engaged with the Company’s major shareholders on the following issue:

– the adoption of the 2013 LTIP

All shareholders were broadly supportive of the Committee’s approach on this matter.

Steve Hannam
Chairman, Remuneration Committee 
On behalf of the Board of Directors 
4 February 2014

60

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Directors’ Report on Remuneration(continued)Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in respect of 
the Annual Report and the Financial Statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the group and parent company financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare group and parent company financial statements for each financial year. Under that law they are 
required to prepare the group financial statements in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and applicable law and have elected to 
prepare the parent company financial statements on the same basis. 

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the 
state of affairs of the group and parent company and of their profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the group and parent company 
financial statements, the Directors are required to: 
•	 select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 
•	 make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; 
•	 state whether they have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU; and 
•	 prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the group and the parent company 

will continue in business. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent company and enable them to ensure that its 
financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to 
them to safeguard the assets of the group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities. 

Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, Directors’ 
Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance Statement that complies with that law and those regulations. 

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

Responsibility Statement of the Directors in respect 
of the Annual Financial Report

We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:
•	 the financial statements, prepared in accordance with IFRS, as adopted by the European Union, give a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and
•	 the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Company and 
undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that  
they face. 

Steve Good 
4 February 2014 

Mike Holt
4 February 2014

61

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 | 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of 
Low & Bonar PLC only 

Opinions and conclusions arising from our audit
1  Our opinion on the financial statements is 

unmodified 

We have audited the financial statements of Low & Bonar PLC for the 
year ended 30 November 2013 set out on pages 64 to 105. In our 
opinion: 
•	 the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of 

the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 30 November 
2013 and of the group’s profit for the year then ended; 

•	 the group financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as 
adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU); 
•	 the parent company financial statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and as 
applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 
2006; and 

•	 the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 

the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 
group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

2  Our assessment of risks of material misstatement
In arriving at our audit opinion above on the financial statements the 
risks of material misstatement that had the greatest effect on our 
audit were as follows:

Impairment of goodwill
Refer to page 42 (Audit Committee Report), page 76 (accounting 
policy) and pages 86 to 87 (financial disclosures).
•	 The risk – The group has significant goodwill allocated to three of 
the five groups of cash generating units (‘CGUs’). The risk is that 
for some or all of the groups of CGUs with significant goodwill 
allocated to them, the aggregated book value of the assets 
exceeds their recoverable amount (as defined in accounting 
standards), and therefore these assets are impaired and should be 
written down in value. The calculation of recoverable amount 
involves inherent uncertainty in the forecasting and discounting  
of future cash flows. The assumptions and estimates used in the 
forecasts and the calculation of a discount rate are therefore  
key judgmental areas that our audit is concentrated on. 

•	 Our response – Our audit procedures included, among others, 

testing of the group’s budgeting process upon which the forecasts 
are based; we challenged the assumptions in the budget with 
reference to historical trends, externally published expected future 
growth rates in the markets and our own expectations based on 
our knowledge of the business. For each group of CGUs we 
compared the group’s assumptions to externally derived data for 
inputs such as projected economic growth and discount rates. We 
also applied sensitivities to these key inputs, focusing on the 
discount rate as we considered the calculation of recoverable 
amount to be most sensitive to this input. We calculated the 
discount rate at which the recoverable amount of assets equalled 
the net book value and considered this as part of our sensitivity 
analysis. We compared the sum of the discounted cash flows to 
the group’s market capitalisation to assess the reasonableness of 
the aggregate discounted cash flow. This was performed to 
establish that the market capitalisation of the group is comparable 
to the total discounted cash flows that are being used to assess 
impairment of the group’s assets. We utilised our own valuation 
specialist to provide an independent view of the applicable 
discount rates. We also assessed whether the group’s disclosures 
about the sensitivity of the outcome of the impairment assessment 
to changes in key assumptions reflected our own sensitivity 
analysis.

62

UK post-retirement benefits (net deficit of £3.8 
million, being gross liabilities of £163.2 million and 
assets of £159.4 million)
Refer to page 42 (Audit Committee Report), page 76 (accounting 
policy) and pages 80 to 83 (financial disclosures).
•	 The risk - Significant estimates are made in valuing the defined 
benefit obligations within the group’s post-retirement defined 
benefit schemes and small changes in assumptions and estimates 
used to value the group’s UK defined benefit obligation would 
have a significant effect on the results and financial position of  
the group. 

•	 Our response - In this area our audit procedures included, among 
others, critically assessing the competency of the external actuary 
engaged by management used to advise management on the 
appropriateness of the key assumptions used to determine the UK 
pension deficit at 30 November 2013. We considered the key 
assumptions to be the discount rate, inflation rate and mortality/
life expectancy. We used our own actuarial specialists to critically 
assess and benchmark these key assumptions against externally 
derived data. We also considered the adequacy of the group’s 
disclosures in respect of the sensitivity of the deficit to these 
assumptions.

3  Our application of materiality and an overview 

of the scope of our audit

The materiality for the group financial statements as a whole was set 
at £2.5 million. This has been determined with reference to a 
benchmark of group turnover (of which it represents 0.6%) which we 
consider to be one of the principal considerations for members of the 
company in assessing the financial performance of the group. 

We agreed with the audit committee to report to it all corrected and 
uncorrected misstatements we identified through our audit with a 
value in excess of £50,000, in addition to other audit misstatements 
below that threshold that we believe warranted reporting on 
qualitative grounds.

Audits for group reporting purposes were performed by component 
auditors at the key reporting components in the following countries: 
The Netherlands, Germany, Belgium, USA, UK, Czech Republic and by 
the group audit team in the UK. In addition, specified procedures 
work was performed on components in Italy and Slovakia. Group 
reporting procedures covered 77% of total group revenue, 76%  
of underlying group profit before taxation and 79% of total  
group assets. 

The audits undertaken for group reporting purposes at the key 
reporting components of the company were all performed to 
component materiality levels set by the group audit team. The 
component materiality applied was £1,875,000.

Detailed instructions were sent to all the auditors in these locations. 
These instructions covered the significant areas that should be 
covered by these audits (which included the relevant risks of material 
misstatement detailed above) and set out the information required to 
be reported back to the group audit team. The group audit team 
visited the component auditors of the following locations: The 
Netherlands, Germany and Belgium. Telephone meetings were also 
held with the auditors at these locations. In addition we held 
telephone meetings with the US component audit team in advance 
of, and following completion of, the audit. We also held telephone 
meetings with other component auditors as necessary throughout the 
financial year. 

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Scope of report and responsibilities
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement 
set out on page 61, the directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view. A description of the scope of an audit of financial 
statements is provided on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at 
www.frc.org.uk/auditscopeukprivate. This report is made solely to the 
company’s members as a body and is subject to important 
explanations and disclaimers regarding our responsibilities, published 
on our website at www.kpmg.com/uk/auditscopeukco2013a, which 
are incorporated into this report as if set out in full and should be 
read to provide an understanding of the purpose of this report, the 
work we have undertaken and the basis of our opinions.

Wayne Cox (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of KPMG Audit Plc, Statutory Auditor 
Chartered Accountants 
St Nicholas House
Park Row 
Nottingham
NG1 6FQ
4 February 2014

4  Our opinion on other matters prescribed by the 

Companies Act 2006 is unmodified

In our opinion: 
•	 the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited  

has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies  
Act 2006; 

•	 the information given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report 

•	

for the financial year for which the financial statements are 
prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
information given in the Corporate Governance Statement set out 
on page 39 to 40 with respect to internal control and risk 
management systems in relation to financial reporting processes 
and about share capital structures is consistent with the financial 
statements. 

5  We have nothing to report in respect of the 

matters on which we are required to report by 
exception 

Under ISAs (UK and Ireland) we are required to report to you if, based 
on the knowledge we acquired during our audit, we have identified 
other information in the annual report that contains a material 
inconsistency with either that knowledge or the financial statements, 
a material misstatement of fact, or that is otherwise misleading. 

In particular, we are required to report to you if: 
•	 we have identified material inconsistencies between the 

knowledge we acquired during our audit and the directors’ 
statement that they consider that the annual report and financial 
statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the group’s performance, business model and strategy; or

•	 the section of the annual report describing the work of the Audit 

Committee does not appropriately address matters communicated 
by us to the Audit Committee.

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in 
our opinion: 
•	 adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent 

company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by us; or 

•	 the parent company financial statements and the part of the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in 
agreement with the accounting records and returns; or 

•	 certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are 

not made; or 

•	 we have not received all the information and explanations we 

require for our audit.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review: 
•	 the directors’ statement, set out on page 34 in relation to going 

concern; and

•	 the part of the Corporate Governance Statement on pages 35 to 
40 relating to the company’s compliance with the nine provisions 
of the 2010 UK Corporate Governance Code specified for  
our review. 

We have nothing to report in respect of the above responsibilities.

63

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Consolidated Income Statement 
for the year ended 30 November

Continuing operations

Revenue

Operating profit/(loss)

Financial income
Financial expense

Net financing costs

Share of results of joint venture

Profit/(loss) before taxation
Taxation

Profit/(loss) after taxation

Profit/(loss) for the year

Attributable to

Equity holders of the Company
Non-controlling interest

Earnings per share
Continuing operations and Total:
  Basic
  Diluted

2013

Before
amortisation
and
non-recurring
items
£m

Amortisation
and
non-recurring
items
(Note 5)
£m

Note

–

(7.7)

–
–

–

(0.6)

(8.3)
1.8

(6.5)

(6.5)

(6.5)
–

(6.5)

1

1

6
6

15

2
7

28

10

403.1

32.2

6.7
(12.8)

(6.1)

–

26.1
(6.8)

19.3

19.3

18.8
0.5

19.3

6.23p
6.09p

Before
amortisation
and
non-recurring
items
£m

380.5

30.5

2012

Amortisation
and
non-recurring
items
(Note 5)
£m

–

(18.4)

7.0
(13.0)

(6.0)

–

24.5
(6.4)

18.1

18.1

18.1
–

18.1

–
–

–

–

(18.4)
1.7

(16.7)

(16.7)

(16.7)
–

(16.7)

Total
£m

403.1

24.5

6.7
(12.8)

(6.1)

(0.6)

17.8
(5.0)

12.8

12.8

12.3
0.5

12.8

4.08p
3.98p

6.28p
6.08p

Total
£m

380.5

12.1

7.0
(13.0)

(6.0)

–

6.1
(4.7)

1.4

1.4

1.4
–

1.4

0.47p
0.46p

64

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 30 November

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Actuarial gain/(loss) on defined benefit pension schemes
Deferred tax on defined benefit pension schemes
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations, net of hedging

Total other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Attributable to

Equity holders of the parent
Non-controlling interest

Note

4
4

28

2013
£m

12.8

9.3
(0.3)

0.1

9.1

21.9

21.5
0.4

21.9

2012
£m

1.4

(13.9)
0.7

(8.3)

(21.5)

(20.1)

(20.2)
0.1

(20.1)

65

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Balance Sheets
as at 30 November

Non-current assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investment in subsidiaries
Investment in joint venture
Investment in associate
Deferred tax assets
Other receivables

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Current tax liabilities
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Derivative liabilities

Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Post employment benefits
Other payables

Net assets

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent
Share capital
Share premium account
Translation reserve
Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to
Equity holders of the parent
Non-controlling interest

Total equity

Group

2013
£m

Note

2012
£m

74.2
36.7
108.8
–
5.3
0.4
3.3
–

228.7

75.1
69.3
26.9

81.2
34.0
114.2
–
4.7
0.4
3.1
–

237.6

86.8
81.7
17.9

186.4

171.3

–
5.4
82.9
–
0.1

88.4

98.0

–
6.2
76.2
0.1
–

82.5

88.8

335.6

317.5

104.7
23.2
12.7
1.9

142.5

193.1

47.2
73.9
(36.9)
102.5

186.7
6.4

193.1

109.5
23.5
24.8
1.8

159.6

157.9

45.5
55.5
(37.0)
87.9

151.9
6.0

157.9

Company

2013
£m

–
–
0.3
93.6
–
–
–
23.9

2012
£m

–
–
0.2
93.6
–
–
–
76.8

117.8

170.6

–
138.6
–

138.6

4.6
1.7
15.9
–
–

22.2

116.4

234.2

88.5
–
3.8
–

92.3

141.9

47.2
73.9
–
20.8

141.9
–

141.9

–
85.4
3.8

89.2

0.8
1.7
15.8
–
–

18.3

70.9

241.5

109.5
–
15.1
–

124.6

116.9

45.5
55.5
–
15.9

116.9
–

116.9

11
12
13
14
15
16
21
18

17
18
20

20
19
19
22
20

20
21
4
23

25
26
27

28

The consolidated financial statements on pages 64 to 105 were approved by the Board on 4 February 2014 and signed on its behalf by:

Steve Good 
4 February 2014 

Registered number: SC008349

Mike Holt
4 February 2014

66

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
for the year ended 30 November

Profit for the year and from continuing operations

Adjustments for:
Depreciation
Impairment of non-current assets
Amortisation
Income tax expense
Net financing costs
Share of results of joint venture
Partial EU fine refund
Increase in inventories
Decrease/(Increase) in trade and other receivables
Short-term loan to joint venture
Increase in trade and other payables
Decrease in provisions
Loss/(gain) on disposal of non-current assets
Equity-settled share-based payment

Cash inflow from operations
Interest received
Interest paid
Tax paid
Pension cash contributions in excess of operating charge

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Acquisition of subsidiaries
Equity investment in joint ventures
Prepaid participation in joint ventures
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets purchased
Proceeds from disposal of non-current assets

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Drawdown of borrowings
Repayment of borrowings
Proceeds of share issues from the share placing
Proceeds of other share issues to employees
Equity dividends paid

Net cash inflow from financing activities

Net cash (outflow)/inflow
Cash and cash equivalents at start of year
Foreign exchange differences

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Note

29

2013
£m

12.8

12.8
–
6.3
5.0
6.1
0.6
–
(7.3)
0.5
(9.1)
2.0
(0.1)
0.3
0.6

30.5
–
(4.8)
(6.8)
(3.7)

15.2

(15.9)
–
–
(11.3)
(2.1)
–

(29.3)

–
(8.5)
19.8
0.1
(7.2)

4.2

(9.9)
26.9
0.9

17.9

2012
£m

1.4

12.1
11.2
6.4
4.7
6.0
–
2.2
(2.8)
(1.6)
–
0.1
(0.4)
(0.2)
1.2

40.3
0.1
(4.9)
(3.9)
(3.9)

27.7

(5.0)
(5.3)
1.7
(13.2)
(1.0)
0.4

(22.4)

9.1
(1.7)
–
0.2
(6.3)

1.3

6.6
20.9
(0.6)

26.9

67

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Company Cash Flow Statement 
for the year ended 30 November

Profit for the year
Adjustments for:
Depreciation
Income tax credit
Net financing income
Increase in receivables
Decrease in payables
Partial EU fine refund
Increase in provision against investment in subsidiary
Equity-settled share-based payment

Cash inflow/(outflow) from operations
Interest received
Interest paid
Pension cash contributions in excess of operating charge

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities

Proceeds of share issues from the share placing
Proceeds of other share issues to employees
(Repayment)/drawdown of borrowings
Equity dividends paid

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities

Net cash outflow
Cash and cash equivalents at start of year
Foreign exchange differences

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Note

29

2013
£m

3.1

0.1
–
(0.6)
(0.4)
(0.2)
–
–
0.6

2.6
6.4
(4.6)
(3.3)

1.1

(0.1)

19.8
0.1
(17.5)
(7.2)

(4.8)

(3.8)
3.8
–

–

2012
£m

3.2

0.1
(0.2)
(0.7)
(7.4)
(5.7)
1.0
1.1
1.2

(7.4)
6.4
(4.7)
(3.3)

(9.0)

–

–
0.2
9.1
(6.3)

3.0

(6.0)
9.8
–

3.8

68

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 30 November

At 1 December 2011
Total comprehensive income for the year
Dividends paid to Ordinary Shareholders
Shares issued
Share-based payment

Net increase / (decrease) for the year

At 30 November 2012

Total comprehensive income for the year
Dividends paid to Ordinary Shareholders
Shares issued
Share-based payment

Net increase for the year

At 30 November 2013

Share
premium
£m

Translation
reserve
£m

Retained
earnings
£m

Equity
attributable
to equity
holders of
the parent
£m

Non-
controlling
interest
£m

54.1
–
–
1.4
–

1.4

55.5

–
–
18.4
–

18.4

73.9

(28.6)
(8.4)
–
–
–

(8.4)

(37.0)

0.1
–
–
–

0.1

106.1
(11.8)
(6.3)
(1.3)
1.2

(18.2)

87.9

21.4
(7.2)
(0.2) 
0.6

14.6

176.9
(20.2)
(6.3)
0.3
1.2

(25.0)

151.9

21.5
(7.2)
19.9
0.6

34.8

(36.9)

102.5

186.7

5.9
0.1
–
–
–

0.1

6.0

0.4
–
–
–

0.4

6.4

Share
capital
£m

45.3
–
–
0.2
–

0.2

45.5

–
–
1.7
–

1.7

47.2

Total
equity
£m

182.8
(20.1)
(6.3)
0.3
1.2

(24.9)

157.9

21.9
(7.2)
19.9
0.6

35.2

193.1

69

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Company Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 30 November

At 1 December 2011
Profit for the year
Actuarial loss on defined benefit pension scheme
Dividends paid to Ordinary Shareholders
Shares issued
Share-based payment

Net increase / (decrease) for the year

At 30 November 2012

Profit for the year
Actuarial gain on defined benefit pension scheme
Dividends paid to Ordinary Shareholders
Shares issued
Share-based payment

Net increase for the year

At 30 November 2013

Share
capital
£m

45.3
–
–
–
0.2
–

0.2

45.5

–
–
–
1.7
–

1.7

47.2

Share
premium
£m

Retained
earnings
£m

54.1
–
–
–
1.4
–

1.4

55.5

–
–
–
18.4
–

18.4

73.9

30.7
3.2
(11.6)
(6.3)
(1.3)
1.2

(14.8)

15.9

3.1
8.6
(7.2)
(0.2) 
0.6

4.9

20.8

Total 
equity
£m

130.1
3.2
(11.6)
(6.3)
0.3
1.2

(13.2)

116.9

3.1
8.6
(7.2)
19.9
0.6

25.0

141.9

70

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013  
Significant Accounting Policies

General information
Low & Bonar PLC (the “Company”) is a company domiciled in 
Scotland and incorporated in Scotland under the Companies 
(Consolidation) Act 1908. The address of the registered office  
is Whitehall House, 33 Yeaman Shore, Dundee, DD1 4BJ.  
The management head office is 10th Floor, 1 Eversholt Street. 
London, NW1 2DN.

The consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year 
ended 30 November 2013 comprise the Company and its subsidiaries 
(together referred to as the “Group”).

(A) Basis of preparation
The financial statements are presented in Pounds Sterling, rounded to 
the nearest hundred thousand Pounds. They are prepared on the 
historical cost basis except for the revaluation to fair value of certain 
financial instruments. UK company law requires directors to consider 
whether it is appropriate to prepare the financial statements on the 
basis that the Company and the Group are a going concern.

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to 
affect its future development, performance and position, together 
with details of cash flows and borrowing requirements, are set out  
in the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 29. The further information 
contained in the Strategic Report and Note 20 to the financial 
statements includes the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for 
managing its capital, financial risks and hedging activities together 
with its exposure to credit and liquidity risks. The principal risks and 
uncertainties section on pages 22 and 23 provides further details of 
the principal risks affecting the Group and Company.

The current global economic conditions create uncertainty, 
particularly over the level of demand for the Group’s products and the 
price of its raw materials.

The Group funds its day-to-day working capital requirements by using 
the facilities available to it (see Note 20). The Directors have reviewed 
the Group’s medium-term forecasts to determine whether the 
committed banking facilities are sufficient to support the Group’s 
projected liquidity requirements, taking into account the planned 
refinancing of the Group’s revolving credit facility, which is discussed 
further in Note 20, ahead of its expiry in February 2015. The Directors 
have also considered whether the Group’s forecast earnings are 
sufficient to meet the covenants associated with its committed 
facilities.

After making enquiries, including assessing the likelihood of a 
successful refinancing of the Group’s revolving credit facility, the 
Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the 
Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future, and are not aware of any material 
uncertainties related to events or conditions that may cast significant 
doubt on the ability of the Company and the Group to continue as a 
going concern. Accordingly, they have continued to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

Both the parent Company financial statements and the Group 
financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS  
as adopted by the EU (“adopted IFRS”). At the date of authorisation 
of these financial statements, there are a number of Standards, 
Interpretations and Amendments in issue but not yet effective  
and which have therefore not yet been applied in these financial 
statements (accounting policy X).

On publishing the parent Company financial statements here together 
with the Group financial statements, the Company has taken 
advantage of the exemption in section 408 of the Companies Act 
2006 not to present its individual income statement and related Notes 
which form a part of these approved financial statements.

The adopted IFRS applied by the Group in the preparation of these 
financial statements are those that were effective at 30 November 2013. 
The Group has adopted the following new Standards, Interpretations and 
Amendments which became effective during the year with no significant 
impact on the Group’s consolidated financial results or position:

•	 Amendments to IAS 1 (June 2011) (Presentation of Items of Other 

Comprehensive Income)  

(B) Basis of consolidation
(i) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are those entities controlled by the Group. The financial 
statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial 
statements from the date that control commences until the date that 
control ceases. In the parent Company financial statements, 
investments in subsidiaries are carried at cost less impairment.

The interest of non-controlling interests is initially stated at the 
non-controlling interest’s share of the fair values of the identifiable 
assets and liabilities recognised on the date of acquisition.

(ii) Associates
Associates are those entities in which the Group has significant 
influence, but not control, over the financial and operating policies. 
The consolidated financial statements include the Group’s share of 
the total recognised gains and losses of associates on an equity-
accounted basis, from the date that significant influence commences 
until the date that significant influence ceases. When the Group’s 
share of losses exceeds its interest in an associate, the Group’s 
carrying amount is reduced to nil and recognition of further losses is 
discontinued except to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or 
constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of an associate.

(iii) Joint ventures
Joint ventures are those entities over whose activities the Group has 
joint control, established by contractual agreement.

The Group accounts for its joint ventures using the equity method. 
The investment in the joint venture is recognised initially at cost and is 
adjusted thereafter for the post-acquisition change in the Group’s 
share of net assets of the joint venture.

(iv) Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intra-Group balances and transactions and any unrealised gains 
arising from intra-Group transactions are eliminated in preparing the 
consolidated financial statements.

(v) Discontinued operations
A discontinued operation is a component of the Group’s businesses 
that represents a separate major line of business or geographical area 
of operations that has been disposed of or is held for sale, or is a 
subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale. Classification as a 
discontinued operation occurs upon disposal or when the operation 
meets the criteria to be classified as held for sale, if earlier. When an 
operation is classified as a discontinued operation, the comparative 
income statement is re-presented as if the operation had been 
discontinued from the start of the comparative period.

71

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |(C) Foreign currency
(i) Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the foreign 
exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets 
and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet 
date are translated into Pounds Sterling at the foreign exchange rate 
ruling at that date. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation 
are recognised in the income statement. Non-monetary assets and 
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are stated at fair 
value are translated into Pounds Sterling at exchange rates ruling at 
the date the fair values were determined. Non-monetary assets and 
liabilities that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign 
currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the 
transaction.

(E) Hedging
(i) Cash flow hedges
Where a derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedge of 
the variability in cash flows of a recognised asset or liability, a firm 
commitment or a highly probable forecast transaction, the effective 
part of any gain or loss on the derivative financial instrument is 
recognised in Other Comprehensive Income. When the firm 
commitment or forecast transaction results in the recognition of a 
non-financial asset or liability, the cumulative gain or loss is removed 
from equity and included in the initial measurement of the asset or 
liability. Otherwise, the cumulative gain or loss is removed from equity 
and recognised in the income statement at the same time as the 
hedged transaction. The ineffective part of any gain or loss is 
recognised in the income statement immediately.

(ii) Translation of foreign operations
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and 
fair value adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated at 
foreign exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. The income 
statements of foreign operations are translated at an average rate for 
the period where this rate approximates to the foreign exchange rates 
ruling at the date of the transactions. Exchange differences arising 
from the translation of foreign operations, and of related qualifying 
hedges, are taken to Other Comprehensive Income. They are released 
to the income statement upon disposal. Monetary items receivable 
from or payable to a foreign operation for which settlement is neither 
planned nor likely to occur in the foreseeable future are treated as 
part of the net investment in the foreign operation.

When a hedging instrument or hedge relationship is terminated but 
the hedged transaction is still expected to occur, the cumulative gain 
or loss at that point remains in equity and is recognised in accordance 
with the above policy when the transaction occurs. If the hedged 
transaction is no longer expected to take place, the cumulative 
unrealised gain or loss recognised in equity is recognised in the 
income statement immediately.

(ii) Hedge of net investment in foreign operations
Exchange differences arising from the translation of the net 
investment in foreign operations, and of related hedges, are taken to 
the translation reserve. They are released to the income statement 
upon disposal of the foreign operation.

(iii) Hedging of risks
In order to hedge its exposure to certain foreign exchange risks, the 
Group enters into forward exchange contracts (see accounting 
policies D and E).

In respect of all foreign operations, any differences that have arisen 
since 1 December 2004, the date of transition to IFRS, are presented 
as a separate component of equity in the Group financial statements. 
When foreign operations have been disposed of, any cumulative 
differences are recycled to retained earnings.

(D) Derivative financial instruments
The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposure 
to foreign exchange risks arising from operational and investment 
activities. The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial 
instruments for trading purposes.

Derivative financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value. 
Derivative financial instruments are subsequently remeasured to their 
fair value with the resulting gain or loss being recognised in profit or 
loss. However, where derivatives qualify for hedge accounting, 
recognition of any resulting gain or loss depends on the nature of the 
item being hedged (see accounting policy E).

The Group tests effectiveness on a prospective and retrospective basis 
to ensure compliance with IAS 39.

(F) Property, plant and equipment
(i) Owned assets
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less 
accumulated depreciation (see below) and impairment losses (see 
accounting policy K). The cost of self-constructed assets includes the 
cost of materials, direct labour and an appropriate proportion of 
production overheads. Borrowing costs related to the acquisition or 
construction of qualifying assets are capitalised.

Financial instruments carried at fair value are required to be measured 
by reference to the following levels:

Where an item of property, plant and equipment comprises major 
components with different useful lives, the components are 
accounted for as separate items of plant, property and equipment.

Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments;

Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that 
are observable for the instrument, either directly (i.e. as prices) or 
indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); or

Level 3: inputs for the instrument that are not based on observable 
market data (unobservable inputs).

All financial instruments have been measured using a Level 2 
valuation method.

(ii) Leased assets
Leases whereby the Company or the Group assumes substantially all 
the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. 
Plant and equipment acquired by way of finance lease is stated at an 
amount equal to the lower of its fair value and the present value of 
the minimum lease payments at inception of the lease, less 
accumulated depreciation (see below) and impairment losses (see 
accounting policy K). Lease payments are accounted for as described 
in accounting policy R. Where land and buildings are held under lease 
the accounting treatment of the land is considered separately from 
that of buildings.

72

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Significant Accounting Policies(continued)(iii) Subsequent expenditure
The Company and the Group recognise in the carrying amount of an 
item of property, plant and equipment the cost of replacing part of 
such an item when that cost is incurred, if it is probable that the 
future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the 
Company or the Group and the cost of the item can be measured 
reliably. Subsequent costs are capitalised if it is probable that the 
future economic benefits will flow to the entity, and the costs can be 
reliably measured.

(iv) Depreciation
Depreciation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line 
basis over the estimated useful lives of items of property, plant and 
equipment and major components that are accounted for separately. 
Land is not depreciated.

The estimated useful lives for significant classes of assets are as 
follows:

(iv) Amortisation
Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line 
basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets unless such 
lives are indefinite. Goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite 
life are not amortised but are systematically tested for impairment 
annually and further tested at each balance sheet date if there is any 
evidence of potential impairment. Other intangible assets are 
amortised from the date that they are available for use.

The estimated useful lives of the identified intangible assets are as 
follows:

– technology based
– customer relationships
– marketing related
– order backlog
– non-compete agreements
– software

5–10 years
4–11 years
10 years
3 months
4–5 years
3–5 years

– property
– plant and equipment

10–50 years
3–15 years

For other assets, the useful economic lives are:

– fixtures and fittings
– computer hardware
– tooling
– motor vehicles

3–7 years
2–5 years
1–5 years
3–5 years

(G) Intangible assets
(i) Goodwill
Goodwill is recognised only in a business combination and is 
measured as a residual. Goodwill represents the excess of the fair 
value of the consideration paid over the share of the identifiable 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Goodwill is stated at deemed cost less any accumulated impairment 
losses (see accounting policy K).

(ii) Research and development
Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect of 
gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding, is 
recognised in the income statement when it is incurred.

Expenditure on development activities, where research findings are 
applied to a plan or design for the production of new or substantially 
improved products and processes, is capitalised if the product or 
process is technically and commercially feasible and the Group has 
sufficient resources to complete development, future economic 
benefits are probable and if the Group can measure reliably the 
expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its 
development. The expenditure capitalised includes the cost of 
materials, direct labour and an appropriate proportion of overheads. 
Other development expenditure is recognised in the income 
statement as an expense is incurred. Capitalised development 
expenditure is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
impairment losses (see accounting policy K).

(iii) Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group are stated at 
cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses (see 
accounting policy K). Expenditure on internally generated goodwill 
and brands is recognised in the income statement when it is incurred.

(H) Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value and 
thereafter stated at their amortised cost less impairment losses (see 
accounting policy K).

(I) Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. 
Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary 
course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and selling 
expenses.

The cost of inventories is based on the first-in first-out principle and 
includes expenditure incurred in acquiring the inventories and 
bringing them to their existing location and condition. In the case of 
manufactured inventories and work in progress, cost includes an 
appropriate share of overheads based on normal operating capacity.

(J) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits. 
Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral 
part of the Company’s or the Group’s cash management are included 
as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the 
Statement of Cash Flows.

(K) Impairment
The carrying amounts of the Company’s and the Group’s assets, other 
than inventories (accounting policy I), and deferred tax assets 
(accounting policy T) are reviewed at each balance sheet date to 
determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such 
indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. For 
goodwill, assets that have an indefinite useful life and intangible 
assets that are not yet available for use, the recoverable amount is 
estimated at each balance sheet date. An impairment loss is 
recognised whenever the carrying amount of an asset or its cash 
generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses 
recognised in respect of cash generating units are allocated first to 
reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to cash 
generating units (group of units) and then to reduce the carrying 
amount of other assets in the unit (group of units) on a pro rata basis. 
Impairment losses are recognised in the income statement.

73

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversible. Other 
impairment losses are reversed only to the extent that the asset’s 
carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would 
have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no 
impairment loss had been recognised.

(N) Employee benefits
The Company and the Group operate defined benefit pension plans 
and defined contribution pension plans. The Company also offers 
share-based compensation benefits to certain employees of the 
Group.

(i) Calculation of recoverable amount
Receivables with a short duration are not discounted.

The recoverable amount of other assets is the greater of their fair value 
less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated 
future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax 
discount rate that reflects current market assumptions of the time value of 
money and the risks specific to the asset. For an asset that does not 
generate largely independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is 
determined for the cash generating unit to which the asset belongs.

(L) Share capital
(i) Preference share capital
Financial instruments issued by the Company are treated as equity 
only to the extent that they meet the following two conditions:

(a) they include no contractual obligations upon the Company to 

deliver cash or other financial assets or to exchange financial assets 
or financial liabilities with another party under conditions that are 
potentially unfavourable to the Company; and

(b) where the instrument will or may be settled in the Company’s own 
equity instruments, it is either a non-derivative that includes no 
obligation to deliver a variable number of the Company’s own 
equity instruments or is a derivative that will be settled by the 
Company exchanging a fixed amount of cash or other financial 
assets for a fixed number of its own equity instruments.

To the extent that this definition is not met, the proceeds of issue are 
classified as a financial liability. Where the instrument so classified 
takes the legal form of the Company’s own shares, the amounts 
presented in these financial statements for called up share capital and 
share premium account exclude amounts in relation to those shares.

Finance payments associated with financial liabilities are dealt with as 
part of financial expenses. Finance payments associated with financial 
instruments that are classified in equity are dividends, and are 
recorded directly in equity.

(ii) Dividends
Dividends on redeemable Preference Shares are recognised as a 
liability on an accruals basis. Dividends on Ordinary Shares are 
recognised as a liability in the period in which they are declared. 
Dividend income is recognised in the income statement on the date 
that the dividend is declared.

(iii) Equity transaction costs
Directly attributable and incremental transaction costs of an equity 
transaction are accounted for as a deduction from equity, net of any 
related income tax benefit.

(M) Interest-bearing borrowings
Interest-bearing borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, less 
attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, 
interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost with any 
difference between cost and redemption value being recognised in 
the income statement over the period of the borrowings on an 
effective-interest basis.

74

(i) Defined contribution plans
A defined contribution pension plan is one under which fixed 
contributions are paid to a third party. The Company and the Group 
have no further payment obligations once these contributions have 
been paid. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution 
pension plans are recognised as an expense in the income statement 
as incurred.

(ii) Defined benefit plans
A defined benefit pension plan is one that specifies the amount of 
pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement. The 
Company’s and the Group’s net obligation in respect of defined 
benefit pension plans is calculated separately for each plan by 
estimating the amount of future benefits that employees have earned 
in return for their service in the current and prior periods; that benefit 
is discounted to determine the present value, and the fair value of any 
plan assets is deducted. The discount rate is the yield at the balance 
sheet date on AA credit-rated bonds that have maturity dates 
approximating to the terms of the Company’s or the Group’s 
obligations. The calculation is performed by a qualified actuary using 
the projected unit credit method.

Where the calculation results in a benefit to the Company or the 
Group, the recognised asset is limited to the net total of any 
unrecognised actuarial losses and past service costs and the present 
value of any future refunds from the plan or reductions in future 
contributions to the plan.

The Group determines the extent to which payments made which 
fulfil obligations to make future contributions to cover an existing 
shortfall will be available as a refund or reduction in future 
contributions after they are paid in to the plan. To the extent that the 
contributions payable will not be available after they are paid in to the 
plan, the Group recognises a liability when the obligation arises.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in Other 
Comprehensive Income.

(iii) Equity and equity-related compensation 
benefits
The Company and Group have applied the requirements of IFRS 2.  
In accordance with the exemption available within the transitional 
provisions of IFRS 1, IFRS 2 has been applied to all grants of equity 
instruments after 7 November 2002 that were unvested as of  
1 January 2005.

The Company operates various equity-settled and cash-settled share 
option schemes. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured 
at fair value at the date of the grant, and the fair value determined at 
the grant date of these payments is expensed on a straight-line basis 
over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of shares that 
will eventually vest. Fair value is measured taking into account market 
conditions and by use of the Black-Scholes model or a Stochastic 
model, as appropriate. Measurement inputs include share price at the 
measurement date, exercise price of the instrument, expected 

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Significant Accounting Policies(continued)volatility (based on historic volatility patterns), the expected dividend 
yield and the risk-free interest rate (calculated based on UK Gilts with 
a term commensurate with the expected term remaining of the 
performance period at grant). The fair values of cash-settled 
payments are re-measured at each balance sheet date and the cost of 
these payments is recognised over the vesting period, taking into 
account the re-measurement of fair value at each balance sheet date.

(S) Non-recurring items
Items which are both material and non-recurring are presented within 
their relevant consolidated income statement category and are 
described in more detail in Note 5. The separate reporting of 
non-recurring items helps to provide a better indication of the 
Group’s underlying business performance.

The Low & Bonar 1995 Employees’ Share Ownership Plan Trust (the 
“ESOP”) purchases shares in the Company in order to satisfy awards 
made under the Company’s Long-term Incentive Plan. Shares held by the 
ESOP are treated as treasury shares and a deduction is computed in the 
Company’s issued share capital for the purposes of calculating EPS.

(O) Provisions
A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Company or 
the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of 
a past event, it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will 
be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be 
made of the obligation. Provisions for restructuring costs are 
recognised when the Group has a detailed formal plan for the 
restructuring that has been communicated to the affected parties.

(P) Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value and 
thereafter stated at their amortised cost. They are not interest-
bearing.

(Q) Revenue
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or 
receivable and represents amounts receivable for goods provided in 
the normal course of business, net of discounts, VAT and other sales 
related taxes. Sales of goods are recognised when the Group has 
transferred the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the 
goods to the buyer (which is predominantly on despatch as most 
items are sold on a CIF basis), the amount of revenue can be 
measured reliably and it is probable that the economic benefits of the 
transaction will flow to the Group.

(R) Expenses
(i) Operating lease payments
Payments made under operating leases are recognised in the income 
statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease 
incentives are recognised in the income statement as an integral part 
of the total lease expense.

(ii) Finance lease payments
Payments made under finance leases are apportioned between the 
finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a 
constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

(iii) Net financing costs
Net financing costs comprise interest payable on borrowings calculated 
using the effective interest rate method, dividends on redeemable 
preference shares, return on scheme assets and interest costs on scheme 
liabilities in respect of defined benefit pension schemes, interest receivable 
on funds invested, dividend income, foreign exchange gains and losses, 
and gains and losses on hedging instruments that are recognised in the 
income statement (see accounting policy E). Interest income is recognised 
in the income statement as it accrues, using the effective interest rate.

(T) Taxation
Income tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and 
deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except 
to the extent that it relates to items recognised in Other 
Comprehensive Income or directly in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the 
year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet 
date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, 
providing for timing differences between the carrying amounts of 
assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts 
used for taxation purposes. The following timing differences are not 
provided for: the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect 
neither accounting nor taxable profit; and differences relating to 
investments in subsidiaries to the extent that the Group is able to 
control the timing of the reversal of the timing difference and it is 
probable that the timing difference will not reverse in the future. The 
amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of 
realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and 
liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the 
balance sheet date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable 
that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset 
can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is 
no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

(U) Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal 
reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker. The chief 
operating decision maker has been identified as the Board of Directors.

(V) Significant judgements and estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS 
requires management to make judgements, estimates and 
assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. The estimates 
and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and 
various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the 
circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the 
judgements about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not 
readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from 
these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an 
ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the 
period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that 
period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the 
revision affects both current and future periods.

75

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |The significant judgement areas for the Group include the valuation of the 
Group’s goodwill and intangible assets and the accounting estimates and 
judgements which are incorporated within the provision for post 
employment obligations. Impairment tests have been undertaken with 
respect to goodwill and intangible assets (Notes 11 and 12) using 
commercial judgement and key assumptions and estimates including the 
discount rate, the long term growth rate and the cash flow projections to 
be used. Estimating a value in use amount requires management to make 
an estimate of the future expected cash flows from each cash generating 
unit and also to choose a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the 
present value of those cash flows. 

Note 4 outlines the key assumptions used to value the Group’s post 
employment obligations and the sensitivity of obligations to changes in 
these assumptions. The key assumptions include the discount rate, the 
rate of inflation, the mortality assumptions and the rate of future pension 
increases. Measurement of the UK Scheme’s defined benefit obligation is 
particularly sensitive to changes in certain key assumptions including the 
discount rate. An increase or decrease of 0.1% in the discount rate would 
result in a decrease or increase in the defined benefit obligation of  
c £2m – £2.5m.

Other judgement areas include the valuation of the Group’s property, 
plant and equipment, the impairment provision for trade receivables, the 
valuation of the share based payments within the Group and key taxation 
judgements.

In relation to the Group’s property, plant and equipment (Note 13), useful 
economic lives and residual values of assets have been established using 
historical experience and an assessment of the nature of the assets 
involved

A number of accounting estimates and judgements are incorporated 
within the impairment provisions for trade receivables which are described 
in more detail in Note 18. A number of accounting estimates and 
judgements are incorporated within the provisions for share-based 
payments. These are described in more detail in Note 25.

The Group has a number of taxation judgements to consider including the 
recoverability of deferred tax assets, the estimation of the corporation tax 
in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates and the total provision for 
income tax based on management’s interpretation of country specific tax 
law and the likelihood of settlement. Management evaluate each of these 
risks on a case by case basis and regularly re-evaluate their assessment of 
the likely outcome based on the latest fact pattern and information.

(W) Financial guarantee contracts
Where the Company enters into contracts to guarantee the 
indebtedness of other companies within the Group, these are 
considered to be insurance arrangements and are accounted for as 
such. In this respect, the Company treats the guarantee contract as a 
contingent liability unless it becomes probable that the Group will be 
required to make a payment under the guarantee.

(X) New IFRS not yet applied
On the date on which these financial statements were authorised the 
following Standards, Interpretations and Amendments had been 
issued but were not effective for the year ended 30 November 2013 
(and in some cases had not yet been adopted by the EU) and have not 
yet been adopted by the Group:
•	

IFRS 1 (amended) (Government Loans) – effective for the year 
ending 30 November 2014
IFRS 1 (amended) (Severe Hyperinflation and Removal of Fixed 
Dates for First-time Adopters) – effective for the year ending  
30 November 2014

•	

76

•	

IFRS 7 (amended) (Disclosures – Offsetting Financial Assets and 
Financial Liabilities) – effective for the year ending 30 November 2014

•	 Annual Improvements to IFRS’s (2009-2011 cycle) – effective for 

the year ending 30 November 2014
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and additions to IFRS 9 (issued 
October 2010) – not yet endorsed by the EU
IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements – effective for the year 
ending 30 November 2015.
IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27 (amended) (Investment Entities) – 
effective for the year ending 30 November 2015.
IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements – effective for the year ending  
30 November 2015.
IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities – effective for the 
year ending 30 November 2015.
IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement – effective for the year ending  
30 November 2014.
IAS 12 (amended) (Deferred Tax: Recovery of Underlying Assets) – 
effective for the year ending 30 November 2014.
IAS 19 Employee Benefits – effective for the year ending 30 
November 2014.
IAS 27 Separate Financial Statements – effective for the year 
ending 30 November 2015.
IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures – effective for 
the year ending 30 November 2015.
IAS 32 Financial Instruments (amended) (offsetting financial  
assets and financial liabilities) – effective for the year ending  
30 November 2015.
IAS 36 (amended) (Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-
Financial Assets) – effective for the year ending 30 November 2014
IAS 39 (amended) (Novation of Derivatives and continuation of Hedge 
Accounting) – effective for the year ending 30 November 2014
IFRIC 20 Stripping Costs in the Production Phase of a Surface Mine 
– effective for the year ending 30 November 2014.
IFRIC 21 Levies – not yet endorsed by the EU

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

It is anticipated that adoption of these Standards and Interpretations 
in future periods will not have a material impact on the Group’s 
financial results except for the following standards that will alter 
measurement and disclosure:
•	 The amendments to IAS 19 will alter the recognition and disclosure 

requirements for the Group’s defined benefit plans.

•	 The adoption of IFRS 9 will affect the measurement and disclosure 

•	

•	

of the Group’s financial instruments. 
IFRS 12 will impact the disclosures of interests the Company has in 
other entities
IFRS 13 will impact the measurement of fair value for certain assets 
and liabilities as well as associated disclosures.

If the amendment to IAS 19 had been applied to these accounts, the 
current year’s operating profit and profit before tax, amortisation and 
non-recurring items would both have been c.£0.8m lower; and 
statutory profit before tax would have been c.£1.1m lower; due to:
•	 pension administration costs of c.£1.1m, which are currently 

reported within interest costs, being reclassified into administrative 
expenses. c.£0.8m of these costs would have been charged 
against operating profit before tax, amortisation and non-
recurring items, and c.£0.3m against non-recurring items, due to 
the nature of the costs concerned; and
interest costs being c.£1.1m higher, due to the interest cost and 
expected return on scheme assets having been replaced by a single 
net interest charge, calculated by applying the discount rate to the 
net defined benefit liability.

•	

Beyond the information above, it is not practicable to provide a 
reasonable estimate of the effect of these standards until a detailed 
review has been completed.

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Significant Accounting Policies(continued)Notes to the Accounts

1.  Segmental information
The Group’s principal activities are in the international manufacturing and supply of those performance materials commonly referred to as
technical textiles. For the purposes of management reporting to the chief operating decision maker, the Group is organised into three 
reportable operating divisions: Bonar, Technical Coated Fabrics and Yarns. Financial information for each operating division is also available  
in a disaggregated form in line with the identified cash generating units. Segment assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to 
segments as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis. 

Unallocated items comprise mainly cash and cash equivalents, interest-bearing loans, borrowings, goodwill and intangible assets, derivative 
assets and liabilities, post-employment benefits and corporate assets and expenses. Inter-segment sales are not material.

Revenue from external customers – continuing operations

Operating profit/(loss) before amortisation and non-recurring items
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Operating profit/(loss) before non-recurring items
Non-recurring items

Operating profit/(loss)
Financial income
Financial expense

Net financing costs
Share of results of joint venture

Profit before taxation
Taxation

Profit for the year – continuing operations

Reportable segment assets
Intangible assets and goodwill
Investment in joint venture
Investment in associate
Cash and cash equivalents
Other unallocated assets

Total Group assets

Reportable segment liabilities
Loans and borrowings
Post employment benefits
Derivative liabilities
Other unallocated liabilities

Total Group liabilities

Other information

Technical
Coated
Fabrics
£m

Bonar
£m

245.6

124.7

23.0
(2.7)

20.3
(2.1)

18.2

12.1
(2.9)

9.2
–

9.2

2013

Yarns
£m

32.8

0.5
–

0.5
–

0.5

Unallocated
Central
£m

Total
£m

–

403.1

(3.4)
–

(3.4)
–

(3.4)

168.1

86.5

27.7

–

(52.2)

(23.5)

(8.5)

–

32.2
(5.6)

26.6
(2.1)

24.5
6.7
(12.8)

(6.1)
(0.6)

17.8
(5.0)

12.8

282.3
115.2
4.7
0.4
17.9
3.5

424.0

(84.2)
(104.7)
(12.7)
(0.1)
(29.2)

(230.9)

Additions to property, plant and equipment
Additions to intangible assets and goodwill
Impairment to intangible assets, goodwill and property, plant and equipment
Depreciation

6.2
8.3
–
8.3

4.5
0.2
–
3.7

0.6
–
–
0.8

0.3
–
–
–

11.6
8.5
–
12.8

77

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |30.5
(5.8)

24.7
(12.6)

12.1
7.0
(13.0)

(6.0)

6.1
(4.7)

1.4

252.9
110.9
5.3
0.4
26.9
3.6

400.0

(77.0)
(109.5)
(24.8)
(30.8)

(242.1)

1.  Segmental information (continued)

Revenue from external customers – continuing operations

Operating profit/(loss) before amortisation and non-recurring items
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Operating profit/(loss) before non-recurring items
Non-recurring items

Operating profit/(loss)
Financial income
Financial expense

Net financing costs

Profit before taxation
Taxation

Profit for the year – continuing operations

Technical
Coated
Fabrics
£m

115.3

10.7
(2.8)

7.9
–

7.9

Bonar
£m

238.7

25.0
(3.0)

22.0
(0.8)

21.2

2012

Yarns
£m

26.5

(1.8)
–

(1.8)
(11.2)

(13.0)

Unallocated
Central
£m

Total
£m

–

380.5

(3.4)
–

(3.4)
(0.6)

(4.0)

Reportable segment assets
Intangible assets and goodwill
Investment in joint venture
Investment in associate
Cash and cash equivalents
Other unallocated assets

Total Group assets

Reportable segment liabilities
Loans and borrowings
Post employment benefits
Other unallocated liabilities

Total Group liabilities

Other information

145.6

83.9

23.4

–

(49.0)

(21.8)

(6.2)

–

Additions to property, plant and equipment
Additions to intangible assets and goodwill
Impairment to intangible assets, goodwill and property, plant and equipment
Depreciation

10.9
2.4
–
7.4

2.1
0.1
–
3.5

0.1
–
11.2
1.2

–
–
–
–

13.1
2.5
11.2
12.1

The geographical analysis of external revenue by location of customers and non-current assets by location of assets, as presented to the chief 
operating decision maker, is as follows:

Western Europe
Eastern Europe
North America
Middle East
Asia
Rest of the World

Total

External revenue by location of customers

Non-current assets by 
location of assets

2013
£m

238.0
33.2
74.8
17.9
23.2
16.0

403.1

2013
%

59.0
8.2
18.6
4.4
5.8
4.0

100.0

2012
£m

233.5
27.3
67.3
13.7
24.5
14.2

380.5

2012
%

61.4
7.2
17.7
3.6
6.4
3.7

100.0

2013
£m

189.5
10.0
22.9
7.2
4.9
–

234.5

2012
£m

178.4
10.6
23.3
7.7
5.4
–

225.4

Revenues arising in the UK, which is the parent Company’s country of domicile, were £24.3m (2012: £24.2m). The net book value of non-
current assets located in the UK at 30 November 2013 was £0.9m (2012: £3.2m). In the current and prior year more than 10% of the Group’s 
revenues arose in Germany. The net book value of non-current assets located in Germany at 30 November 2013 was £85.2m (2012: £86.4m) 
and revenues in the year to 30 November 2013 were £71.1m (2012: £65.4m). 

78

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Notes to the Accounts(continued)2.  Profit before taxation 

Total operating costs
Total operating costs above include:
Staff costs
Inventories
  Cost of inventories recognised as an expense
  Write down of inventories recognised as an expense
  Change in provisions held against inventories
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets
Impairment of non-current assets
Exchange differences recognised as a gain
Loss / (gain) on disposal of non-current assets
Amounts payable under operating leases:
  Property
  Plant and equipment
Research and development expenditure recognised as an expense

The balance of operating costs relates to other external charges.

Auditor’s remuneration
During the year the Group obtained the following services from its auditor at costs detailed below:

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and their associates for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and their associates for other services to the Group:
  The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries
Non-audit services:
  Corporate tax compliance
  Corporate tax consultancy
  Other non-audit services

The total amount paid to the auditor was £0.7m (2012: £0.7m).

3.  Staff numbers and costs
The average number of persons employed by the Group during the year including Executive Directors was:

Production
Sales
Administrative

The average number of persons employed by the Company during the year was 20 (2012:17).

The aggregate staff costs were:

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs

The Directors of the Company are listed on pages 30 and 31.

2013
£m

2012
£m

378.6

368.4

79.8

74.6

196.6
–
(0.1)
12.8
6.3
–
(0.6)
0.3

4.1
1.5
3.8

2013
£m

0.2

0.3

–
0.1
0.1

185.1
0.6
(0.4)
12.1
6.4
11.2
(0.1)
(0.2)

4.1
1.3
3.3

2012
£m

0.2

0.3

–
0.1
0.1

Group

2013

1,499
255
251

2,005

2012

1,415
235
236

1,886

Group

2013
£m

62.9
13.7
3.2

79.8

Company

2013
£m

2.6
0.3
0.2

3.1

2012
£m

59.2
12.1
3.3

74.6

2012
£m

2.5
0.3
0.2

3.0

79

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |4.  Post employment benefits
The Group operates a number of pension schemes in the UK and overseas. These are either defined benefit or defined contribution in nature. 
The assets of all the schemes are held separately from those of the Group.

(a) Defined contribution schemes
Various defined contribution pension schemes exist around the Group. These are accounted for on a contribution payable basis. The total cost 
charged to income in respect of defined contribution pension schemes was £2.9m (2012: £3.0m).

(b) Defined benefit schemes
(i) United Kingdom
The UK defined benefit scheme (the “Scheme”) was independently valued by a qualified actuary at 31 March 2011 using the projected unit 
method. The main assumption in carrying out the valuation was for investment returns of 6.4% per annum in respect of investments in higher 
risk assets and 4.65% in respect of lower risk assets. At 31 March 2011, the total market value of assets in the UK scheme was £142.2m. The 
overall level of funding was 86%. The net income statement charge for the year ended 30 November 2013 for the UK pension scheme was 
£0.7m (2012: £0.7m charge). The Scheme is held by the Company and all of the UK disclosures relate to the Company and the Group.

Following the 2011 valuation of the UK scheme, the Company has agreed a schedule of contributions with the Trustee of the Scheme under 
which the Company will pay contributions of £3.3m per annum from the year ending 30 November 2012. The Company may be required to 
make further contributions to the UK scheme if the Group’s net cash inflow exceeds certain agreed levels provided that the total contributions 
payable in any one year will be no more than £4.0m and the total contributions payable under the revised schedule (which runs to 2019) shall 
not exceed £28.4m. The Company made a payment of £3.3m during the year ending 30 November 2013 (2012: £3.3m).

(ii) Non-UK
Defined benefit schemes are held in Germany, Belgium and the United States relating to the Bonar business and the Mehler Texnologies 
business in Germany. Further disclosure on these schemes is detailed below, given the relative immateriality of these schemes their results have 
been combined in the following disclosures. Defined benefit schemes also exist in the Group’s Dutch businesses, which are members of an 
industry-wide scheme; it is not possible to separately identify assets and liabilities and therefore these schemes are accounted for on a 
contribution payable basis. The Group will share in the actuarial gains and losses of the schemes which are members of the industry-wide 
schemes.

(iii) Financial assumptions
The valuations require the exercise of judgement in relation to various assumptions, including employee and pensioner demographics and the 
future expected return on assets. Management determine the assumptions to be adopted in discussion with their actuaries. The application of 
different assumptions could have a significant effect on the amounts reflected in the income statement, the statement of comprehensive 
income and balance sheet in respect of post employment benefits. The assumptions vary among the countries in which the Group operates 
and there may be an interdependency between some of the assumptions.

The financial assumptions used to estimate defined benefit obligations are:

Discount rate
Expected return on scheme assets
Future salary increases
Future pension increases
Inflation increase

UK schemes

Non-UK schemes

2013
%

4.40
–
–
3.30
2.40

2012
%

2013
%

2012
%

4.20 3.00–4.60 3.40–3.70
– 3.70–7.00
4.10
2.25
–
2.00
2.80
2.00
2.00

2.25
2.00
2.00

In assessing the Group’s post employment liabilities, management monitor mortality assumptions and use up-to-date mortality tables. 
Allowance is made for expected future increases in life expectancy. The figures assume that a UK Scheme male member, currently aged 65, will 
survive a further 21 years and a female member for a further 23 years (2012: male – 21 years, female – 23 years). Management consider that 
the assumptions used are appropriate approximations to the life expectancy of Scheme members in the light of scheme specific experience and 
more widely available statistics.

To develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption, management consider the level of expected returns on risk-free 
investments (primarily government bonds), the historical level of risk premium associated with the other asset classes in which the portfolio is 
invested and the expectations for future returns of each asset class. The expected return for each asset class is then weighted based on the 
target asset allocation to develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption for the portfolio and an allowance made for 
expected expenses.

Measurement of the Scheme’s defined benefit obligations is particularly sensitive to changes in certain key assumptions including the discount rate. An 
increase or decrease of 0.1% in the discount rate would result in a decrease or increase in the defined benefit obligation of c£2m – £2.5m.

80

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Notes to the Accounts(continued)4.  Post employment benefits (continued)
iv) Financial impact of plans
The total amount recognised for defined benefit schemes is as follows:

Fair value of scheme assets
Present value of defined benefit obligations

Net liability recognised in the balance sheet

UK schemes

Non-UK schemes

Total

2013
£m

2012
£m

159.4
(163.2)

148.3
(163.4)

(3.8)

(15.1)

2013
£m

9.6
(18.5)

(8.9)

2012
£m

9.3
(19.0)

(9.7)

2013
£m

2012
£m

169.0
(181.7)

157.6
(182.4)

(12.7)

(24.8)

Amounts recognised as a charge/(credit) to the income statement in respect of the defined benefit pension schemes are as follows:

Current service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on scheme assets

Amounts recognised in Other Comprehensive Income are as follows:

Actuarial gain/(loss)
Associated deferred tax

UK schemes

Non-UK schemes

Total

2013
£m

–
6.7
(6.0)

0.7

2012
£m

–
7.1
(6.4)

0.7

2013
£m

0.3
0.7
(0.6)

0.4

2012
£m

0.3
0.7
(0.5)

0.5

2013
£m

0.3
7.4
(6.6)

1.1

2012
£m

0.3
7.8
(6.9)

1.2

Group

Company

2013
£m

9.3
(0.3)

2012
£m

(13.9)
0.7

2013
£m

8.6
–

2012
£m

(11.6)
–

The cumulative actuarial loss recognised in Other Comprehensive Income is £20.9m (2012: £30.2m). The Company has not recorded a deferred 
tax asset against the movement recognised in Other Comprehensive Income as it is not probable that a tax benefit will be realised in the future.

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation are as follows:

Opening defined benefit obligation
Current service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial loss/(gain)
Benefits paid
Benefits paid directly by the employer
Exchange adjustments

Closing defined benefit obligation

Changes in the fair value of scheme assets are as follows:

Opening fair value of scheme assets
Expected return
Actuarial gain
Contributions by employers
Benefits paid
Exchange adjustments

Closing fair value of scheme assets

UK schemes

Non–UK schemes

Total

2013
£m

163.4
–
6.7
1.1
(8.0)
–
–

163.2

2012
£m

151.7
–
7.1
13.7
(9.1)
–
–

163.4

2013
£m

19.0
0.3
0.7
(0.3)
(1.1)
(0.2)
0.1

18.5

2012
£m

17.1
0.3
0.7
2.3
(0.7)
(0.1)
(0.6)

19.0

2013
£m

182.4
0.3
7.4
0.8
(9.1)
(0.2)
0.1

181.7

UK schemes

Non–UK schemes

Total

2013
£m

148.3
6.0
9.8
3.3
(8.0)
–

159.4

2012
£m

145.6
6.4
2.1
3.3
(9.1)
–

148.3

2013
£m

9.3
0.6
0.3
0.7
(1.3)
–

9.6

2012
£m

9.0
0.5
–
0.8
(0.7)
(0.3)

9.3

2013
£m

157.6
6.6
10.1
4.0
(9.3)
–

169.0

2012
£m

168.8
0.3
7.8
16.0
(9.8)
(0.1)
(0.6)

182.4

2012
£m

154.6
6.9
2.1
4.1
(9.8)
(0.3)

157.6

81

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |4.  Post employment benefits (continued)
The fair value of the UK scheme assets at the balance sheet date is analysed as follows:

Equity securities
Debt securities
Diversified growth funds
LDI funds
Property
Cash and other

The fair value of the non-UK scheme assets at the balance sheet date is analysed as follows:

Equity securities
Debt securities
Property
Cash and other

History of experience gains and losses – UK scheme: 

Fair value of scheme assets
Present value of defined benefit obligation

Deficit in the scheme

Experience adjustments to scheme assets
Amount
Percentage of present value of scheme assets
Experience adjustments to scheme liabilities
Amount
Percentage of present value of scheme liabilities

History of experience gains and losses – non-UK schemes:   

Fair value of scheme assets
Present value of defined benefit obligation

Deficit in the scheme

Experience adjustments to scheme assets:
Amount
Percentage of fair value of scheme assets
Experience adjustments to scheme liabilities:
Amount
Percentage of present value of scheme liabilities

2013
£m

43.4
28.7
43.4
19.5
15.3
9.1

2013
%

27
18
27
12
10
6

2012
£m

36.5
30.9
28.8
16.5
13.8
21.8

2012
%

25
21
19
11
9
15

159.4

100

148.3

100

2013
£m

3.8
5.1
0.1
0.6

9.6

2013
%

40
53
1
6

100

2012
£m

3.3
5.6
0.1
0.3

9.3

2012
%

35
60
2
3

100

2013
£m

2012
£m

2011
£m

2010
£m

2009
£m

159.4
(163.2)

148.3
(163.4)

145.6
(151.7)

138.2
(156.1)

136.4
(155.9)

(3.8)

(15.1)

(6.1)

(17.9)

(19.5)

9.8
6%

(0.1)
(0%)

2013
£m

9.6
(18.5)

(8.9)

0.3
3%

(0.1)
(1%)

2.1
1%

(1.0)
(1%)

2012
£m

9.3
(19.0)

(9.7)

–
0%

0.6
3%

4.6
3%

3.4
2%

2011
£m

9.0
(17.1)

(8.1)

(0.2)
(2%)

0.2
1%

0.3
0%

3.1
2%

2010
£m

8.8
(16.9)

(8.1)

–
0%

0.2
1%

13.3
10%

(2.5)
(2%)

2009
£m

6.0
(13.7)

(7.7)

0.6
10%

0.1
1%

2013

2012

7.2%
4.5%

7.4%
4.5%

c) Post retirement medical plans in the USA
The assumed medical trend rates for the Group’s post-retirement medical schemes in the USA are as follows:

Assumed healthcare trend rate:
Immediate
Ultimate

82

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Notes to the Accounts(continued) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.  Post employment benefits (continued)
The effect of an increase of one percentage point and the effect of a decrease of one percentage point in the assumed trend is shown by the 
table below:

2013
+1%
£’000

2013
–1%
£’000

2012
+1%
£’000

2012
–1%
£’000

Effect on total service cost and interest cost components
Effect on defined benefit obligation

4
34

(4)
(30)

5
46

(4)
(40)

5.  Amortisation and non-recurring items
During the year the Group recognised significant non-recurring items and amortisation of acquired intangible assets as detailed below:

Amounts charged to operating profit
Joint venture start-up costs
Acquisition related costs
China office set-up costs
Reorganisation costs
Impairment of assets

Total non-recurring items
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Total charge to operating profit

Share of results of joint venture

Total charge to profit before tax

2013
£m

0.6
1.0
0.3
0.2
–

2.1
5.6

7.7

0.6

8.3

2012
£m

0.2
0.7
–
0.5
11.2

12.6
5.8

18.4

–

18.4

Current year
During the current year, the Group incurred £0.6m (2012: £0.2m) of costs in respect of Bonar Natpet LLC, its joint venture in Saudi Arabia; and 
£0.3m (2012: £nil) of initial costs in respect of setting up a sales and distribution office in China.

The Group incurred £1.0m of costs in the period in connection with the acquisition of Texiplast (see Note 24) and in connection with another 
potential acquisition.

£0.2m (2012: £0.5m) of costs were incurred in relation to the integration of the Group’s principal Performance Technical Textile operations into 
a single business, Bonar.

The Group also incurred a £0.6m loss (2012:£nil) in the year from their share of the results of the joint venture, Bonar Natpet LLC.

Prior year
During the prior year, the Group incurred £0.7m of costs in the period in connection with the acquisition of the trade and assets of Xero Flor 
International GmbH and in connection with another potential acquisition.

In the year ended 30 November 2012, an impairment charge of £11.2m was recognised against the carrying value of the Yarns business,  
in response to deteriorating market conditions, of which £8.4m was allocated against goodwill and £2.8m was allocated to property,  
plant and equipment.

6.  Financial income and financial expense

Financial income
Interest income
Expected return on pension scheme assets

Financial expense
Interest on bank overdrafts and loans
Interest payable on all other loans
Amortisation of bank arrangement fees
Interest on pension scheme liabilities
Amounts capitalised within property, plant and equipment

2013
£m

0.1
6.6

6.7

(4.8)
(0.1)
(0.5)
(7.4)
–

2012
£m

0.1
6.9

7.0

(4.9)
–
(0.5)
(7.8)
0.2

(12.8)

(13.0)

83

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |7.  Taxation
Recognised in the income statement

Current tax
UK corporation tax
– current year
– prior year
Overseas tax
– current year
– prior year

Total current tax
Deferred tax

Total tax charge in the income statement

The amount of deferred tax income relating to changes in tax rates is £nil (2012: £0.1m).

2013
£m

2012
£m

–
–

6.3
0.2

6.5
(1.5)

5.0

–
(0.2)

5.5
(0.4)

4.9
(0.2)

4.7

Reconciliation of effective tax rate
The differences between the total tax charge shown above and the amount calculated by applying the standard rate of UK corporation tax of 
23% (2012: 24%) to the profit before tax are as follows:

Profit before tax from continuing and total operations

Tax charge at 23% (2012: 24%)
Expenses not deductible and income not taxable
Higher tax rates on overseas earnings
Current tax losses not utilised
Other short-term timing differences
Prior period adjustments

Total tax charge for the year

Deferred tax recognised directly in Other Comprehensive Income

Actuarial gains and losses relating to post employment benefit obligations

Total of items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

2013
£m

17.8

4.1
(2.0)
1.0
1.2
0.5
0.2

5.0

2013
£m

(0.3)

(0.3)

2012
£m

6.1

1.5
0.8
1.3
1.9
(0.2)
(0.6)

4.7

2012
£m

0.7

0.7

In March 2013 the Chancellor of the Exchequer announced a further phased reduction in the main UK corporation tax rate from 21% to 20% 
by April 2015. A 1% reduction from 24% to 23% took effect from 1 April 2013 and a 2% reduction from 23% to 21% will take effect from 
1 April 2014. Given that the Group does not expect to pay corporation tax in the UK in the foreseeable future, these changes are not 
considered to have any material impact on the Group.

8.  Profits of the Company
The Company has not presented its own income statement as permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The profit after tax was 
£3.1m (2012: £3.2m).

84

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Notes to the Accounts(continued)9.  Dividends
Amounts recognised as distributions to equity shareholders in the year were as follows:

Final dividend for the year ended 30 November 2012 – 1.6 pence per share (2011: 1.4 pence per share)
Interim dividend for the year ended 30 November 2013 – 0.85 pence per share (2012: 0.8 pence per share)

2013
£m

4.7
2.5

7.2

2012
£m

4.0
2.3

6.3

The Directors have proposed a final dividend in respect of the financial year ended 30 November 2013 of 1.75 pence per share which will 
absorb an estimated £5.7m of shareholders’ funds. This has not been provided for in these accounts because the dividend was proposed after 
the year end. If it is approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on 25 March 2014, it will be paid on 
17 April 2014 to Ordinary Shareholders who are on the register of members at close of business on 21 March 2014.

During the year the Board declared a final dividend on Ordinary Shares in relation to the year ended 30 November 2012 of 1.6 pence per share, 
which was paid to Ordinary Shareholders on the register of members at close of business on 22 March 2013.

The Directors declared an interim dividend on Ordinary Shares in relation to the year ended 30 November 2013 of 0.85 pence per share, which 
was paid to Ordinary Shareholders on the register of members at close of business on 30 August 2013.

10. Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to Ordinary Shareholders by the weighted average number of 
Ordinary Shares outstanding, excluding those held by the ESOP which are treated as cancelled for the purpose of this calculation. For diluted 
earnings per share, the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive potential Ordinary 
Shares. The Group has two classes of dilutive potential Ordinary Shares: those share options granted to employees where the exercise price is 
less than the average market price of the Company’s Ordinary Shares during the year; and those long-term incentive plan awards for which the 
performance criteria have been satisfied.

Reconciliations of the earnings and weighted average number of shares used in the calculations are set out below:

Statutory – continuing and total operations
  Basic earnings per share
  Earnings attributable to Ordinary Shareholders
  Effect of dilutive items
  Share-based payment

2013

Weighted
average
number of
shares
(millions)

Earnings
£m

Per share
amount
pence

Earnings
£m

2012

Weighted
average
number of
shares
(millions)

Per share
amount
pence

12.3

301.035

4.08

1.4

288.447

0.47

–

7.249

–

9.215

  Diluted earnings per share

12.3

308.284

3.98

1.4

297.662

0.46

Before amortisation and non-recurring items
  Basic earnings per share
  Earnings attributable to Ordinary Shareholders
  Effect of dilutive items
  Share-based payment

18.8

301.035

6.23

18.1

288.447

6.28

–

7.249

–

9.215

  Diluted earnings per share

18.8

308.284

6.09

18.1

297.662

6.08

85

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |11. Goodwill

Cost
At 1 December
Exchange adjustments
Arising on acquisition (Note 24)

At 30 November

Accumulated impairment losses
At 1 December
Impairment loss recognised

At 30 November

Net book value at 30 November

Group

2013
£m

82.6
1.3
5.7

89.6

8.4
–

8.4

2012
£m

84.9
(3.8)
1.5

82.6

–
8.4

8.4

81.2

74.2

Cash generating units
Goodwill is allocated to the grouping of cash generating units (“CGUs”) which have been identified according to the principal markets in which 
each business operates. A summary of the carrying value presented at CGU level is shown below:

Group

Cash generating unit
Specialist yarns
Bonar EMEA
Bonar North America
Bonar APAC
Technical coated fabrics

At 30 November

2013
Net book
value
£m

2012
Net book
value
£m

–
31.2
12.9
0.3
36.8

81.2

–
25.3
12.7
0.3
35.9

74.2

There has been a change in the composition of the CGUs in the current year based upon a reorganisation of the reporting structure in the 
Group. In line with IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets”, goodwill has therefore been reallocated to the units affected using the relative value 
approach. The change in the reporting structure has only impacted the Bonar entities with the previous Fabrics and fibres, Polymeric mats and 
composites and Other CGUs now being reported on a regional basis, Bonar EMEA, Bonar North America and Bonar APAC. 

The Group tests goodwill values annually for impairment or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired. The 
recoverable amounts are determined using value in use calculations for each CGU based on projected cash flows, discounted to calculate the 
net present value. We have outlined our approach to what we consider to be the key assumptions within the impairment reviews below:

Cash flow projections
Cash flow projections for each CGU are derived from the most recent annual budgets and five-year plans approved by the Board, which take 
into account the long-term average and projected growth rates for each of the key markets served by the CGUs, along with forecast changes 
to selling prices and direct costs and CGU specific forecast risks and potential cash volatilities. These cash flow projections are based on past 
experience and management’s expectations of future changes in markets using external sources of information.

Long-term growth rates
The value in use calculations assume terminal growth rates of between 2% and 2.5% (2012: between 2% and 3%) beyond year five.

Discount rate
Forecast pre-tax cash flows for each CGU are discounted to net present value using the Group’s discount rate, calculated based on external 
advice. Pre-tax discount rates ranged from 11.8% to 11.9% (2012: 9.7% to 11.9%) to calculate value in use for CGUs.

Sensitivity analysis has shown that with an increase of 750 basis points in the pre-tax discount rate applied to each CGU, excluding Specialist 
yarns, there would be no impairment at a terminal growth rate of 2.0% (2012: no impairment with an increase of 510 basis points and 2.0% 
terminal growth rate, excluding Specialist yarns).

86

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Notes to the Accounts(continued)11. Goodwill (continued)
Conclusion
No impairment arose as a result of the valuations of the CGUs. Management believe that the valuations are sufficiently robust such that 
reasonably foreseeable variations in the key assumptions would not result in significant changes to the results of the impairment tests.  
The assumptions have been reviewed in the light of the current economic environment and are considered appropriate. The value in use 
calculations, show at least 68% headroom (2012: 62% headroom) compared to the book values of the CGUs (excluding Specialist yarns).

In the prior year, the performance of the Yarns business was affected by deteriorating market conditions, particularly by further reductions in 
discretionary public funding for artificial sports pitches, which had an adverse impact on the projected value in use of the Specialist yarns CGU, 
and consequently resulted in an impairment to goodwill of £8.4m and an impairment to property, plant and equipment of £2.8m. The pre-tax 
discount rate used to measure the CGU’s value in use was 11.9%.

12. Intangible assets

Group

Cost
At 30 November 2011

Exchange adjustment
Additions
Arising on acquisitions

At 30 November 2012

Exchange adjustment
Additions
Retirements
Arising on acquisition (Note 24)

At 30 November 2013

Aggregate amortisation
At 30 November 2011

Exchange adjustment
Charge for the year

At 30 November 2012

Exchange adjustment
Retirements
Charge for the year

At 30 November 2013

Net book value
At 30 November 2013

At 30 November 2012

At 30 November 2011

Computer
software
£m

Research and
development
£m

Order
backlog
£m

Customer
relationships
£m

Marketing
related
£m

Technology Non-compete
agreements
£m

based
£m

Total
£m

33.0

13.9

20.5

1.3

74.2

2.6

(0.1)
0.2
–

2.7

–
1.3
(0.1)
–

3.9

1.8

(0.1)
0.3

2.0

–
(0.1)
0.3

2.2

1.7

0.7

0.8

2.8

(0.1)
0.8
–

3.5

0.1
0.8
–
–

4.4

0.9

–
0.3

1.2

0.1
–
0.4

1.7

2.7

2.3

1.9

0.1

–
–
0.3

0.4

–
–
–
–

(1.4)
–
1.5

33.1

0.5
–
–
0.4

(0.7)
–
0.7

13.9

0.4
–
–
0.3

(1.0)
–
1.0

20.5

0.5
–
–
–

–
–
–

1.3

–
–
–
–

0.4

34.0

14.6

21.0

1.3

0.1

–
0.3

0.4

–
–
–

0.4

–

–

–

13.1

(0.4)
2.4

15.1

0.1
–
2.6

17.8

16.2

18.0

19.9

4.5

(0.3)
1.1

5.3

0.2
–
1.1

6.6

8.0

8.6

9.4

11.9

(0.5)
2.0

13.4

0.3
–
1.9

15.6

5.4

7.1

8.6

1.3

–
–

1.3

–
–
–

1.3

–

–

–

Notes 
1  Marketing related intangible assets are assets that are primarily used in the marketing or promotion of products or services. Such assets include trademarks, trade names,  

service marks and internet domain names. 

2  Non-compete agreements prohibit a seller from competing with the purchaser of a business. 
3  Customer relationships consist of customer lists, customer contracts and relationships and non-contractual customer relationships. 
4  Technology based intangible assets relate to innovations and technological advances and include patented and unpatented technology, databases and trade secrets.
5  Research and development assets relate to expenditure incurred in the course of research where findings can be applied to a plan or design for the production of new or 

substantially improved products and processes.

(3.3)
1.0
3.5

75.4

1.5
2.1
(0.1)
0.7

79.6

33.6

(1.3)
6.4

38.7

0.7
(0.1)
6.3

45.6

34.0

36.7

40.6

87

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |13. Property, plant and equipment

Group

Plant and
equipment
£m

Property
£m

Total
£m

Property
£m

Company

Plant and
equipment
£m

Cost
At 30 November 2011

Exchange adjustment
Additions
Capitalisation of interest
Disposals

At 30 November 2012

Exchange adjustment
Additions
Reclassifications
Disposals
Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 24)

At 30 November 2013

Accumulated depreciation
At 30 November 2011

Exchange adjustment
Charge for the year
Impairment
Disposals

At 30 November 2012

Exchange adjustment
Charge for the year
Reclassifications
Disposals

At 30 November 2013

Net book value
At 30 November 2013

At 30 November 2012

At 30 November 2011

49.2

207.2

256.4

0.5

(2.2)
1.2
–
(0.1)

(7.8)
11.9
0.2
(2.1)

(10.0)
13.1
0.2
(2.2)

48.1

209.4

257.5

0.1
0.6
0.3
(0.8)
2.9

0.3
11.0
–
(3.5)
3.6

0.4
11.6
0.3
(4.3)
6.5

51.2

220.8

272.0

17.7

123.7

141.4

(0.8)
1.1
–
(0.1)

(4.8)
11.0
2.8
(1.9)

(5.6)
12.1
2.8
(2.0)

17.9

130.8

148.7

–
1.1
1.5
(0.6)

0.2
11.7
(1.5)
(3.3)

0.2
12.8
–
(3.9)

19.9

137.9

157.8

31.3

30.2

31.5

82.9

78.6

83.5

114.2

108.8

115.0

–
–
–
–

0.5

–
0.3
–
(0.4)
–

0.4

0.2

–
0.1
–
–

0.3

–
0.1
–
(0.3)

0.1

0.3

0.2

0.3

–

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–

–

–

–

–

Total
£m

0.5

–
–
–
–

0.5

–
0.3
–
(0.4)
–

0.4

0.2

–
0.1
–
–

0.3

–
0.1
–
(0.3)

0.1

0.3

0.2

0.3

The carrying value of freehold land not depreciated at 30 November 2013 was £3.2m (2012: £3.2m). Committed capital expenditure at  
30 November 2013 totalled £0.5m (2012: £0.2m).

The prior year impairment charge to plant and equipment related to the Yarns business (see Note 11).

14. Investment in subsidiaries

Cost at 1 December and 30 November

Provision for impairment at 1 December
Increase in provision

Provision for impairment at 30 November

Net book value at 1 December

Net book value at 30 November

Company

2013
£m

2012
£m

103.5

103.5

(9.9)
–

(9.9)

93.6

93.6

(8.8)
(1.1)

(9.9)

94.7

93.6

The subsidiary undertakings whose results, or financial position, in the opinion of the Directors, principally affected the results shown in these 
accounts are shown within Note 33.

88

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Notes to the Accounts(continued)15. Investment in joint venture

Cost and net book value
At 1 December
Equity investment in joint venture
Share of retained loss
Exchange adjustment

At 30 November

The Group’s share of the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of its joint venture is shown below:

Total assets
Total liabilities

Net assets

Group share of net assets

Revenue

Loss for the year

Group share of loss for the year

Group

2013
£m

5.3
–
(0.6)
–

4.7

2013
£m

26.2
(16.9)

9.3

4.7

–

(1.2)

(0.6)

2012
£m

–
5.3
–
–

5.3

2012
£m

17.6
(7.0)

10.6

5.3

–

–

–

The joint venture whose results, or financial position, in the opinion of the Directors, principally affected the results shown in these accounts is 
shown within Note 33.

16. Investment in associate

Cost and net book value
At 1 December
Share of retained profit
Dividends received

At 30 November

The Group’s share of the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of its associated undertakings is shown below:

Total assets
Total liabilities

Net assets

Group share of net assets

Revenue

Profit for the year

Group share of profit for the year

Group

2013
£m

0.4
0.1
(0.1)

0.4

2013
£m

1.4
(0.1)

1.3

0.4

4.0

0.4

0.1

2012
£m

0.4
0.1
(0.1)

0.4

2012
£m

1.4
(0.1)

1.3

0.4

4.1

0.4

0.1

The associate whose results, or financial position, in the opinion of the Directors, principally affected the results shown in these accounts is 
shown within Note 33.

89

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |17. Inventories

Raw materials
Work in progress
Finished goods

Group

2013
£m

17.7
16.2
52.9

86.8

2012
£m

17.6
13.9
43.6

75.1

Inventories are presented in the balance sheet net of provision for impairment of obsolete and slow moving items. Impairment is estimated by 
management based upon prior experience and their assessment of the current and future economic environment. The write down of 
inventories is included in cost of sales.

18. Trade and other receivables

Current
Trade receivables
Provision for impairment of receivables

Net trade receivables
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income

Non-current
Amounts owed by subsidiaries

Current
Amounts owed by subsidiaries
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income

Group

2013
£m

66.9
(3.1)

63.8
16.1
1.8

81.7

2012
£m

63.6
(3.3)

60.3
7.6
1.4

69.3

Company

2013
£m

2012
£m

23.9

76.8

137.9
0.3
0.4

138.6

84.6
0.4
0.4

85.4

Included within the Group’s other receivables is £9.1m (2012: £0.1m) owed by Bonar Natpet LLC, a joint venture. In January 2014,  
£6.0m of this receivable was collected.

The Group has an established credit policy under which each new customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness before the Group’s 
standard payment terms and conditions are offered. The Group’s review includes external ratings and bank references, where available. 
Purchase limits are established for each customer; these limits are reviewed quarterly. The Group has a long history of trading with a number  
of its customers.

The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents its estimate of incurred losses in respect of trade and other receivables.

Impairment losses
The age profile of gross trade receivables at the balance sheet date was:

Not past due
0–30 days past due
31–120 days past due
More than 120 days past due

90

Group

2013
£m

55.1
4.3
2.0
5.5

66.9

2012
£m

53.7
3.5
2.0
4.4

63.6

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Notes to the Accounts(continued)18. Trade and other receivables (continued)
The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables during the year was as follows:

Balance at 1 December
Increased during the year
Released during the year
Utilised during the year
Arising on acquisition
Exchange adjustments

At 30 November

Group

2013
£m

(3.3)
(0.7)
0.3
0.7
(0.1)
–

(3.1)

The allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables at the end of the year was allocated against aged receivables as follows:

Not past due
0–30 days past due
31–120 days past due
More than 120 days past due

At 30 November

Group

2013
£m

–
–
(0.1)
(3.0)

(3.1)

2012
£m

(3.7)
(0.8)
–
1.0
–
0.2

(3.3)

2012
£m

–
–
(0.1)
(3.2)

(3.3)

Provisions for impairment of receivables are estimated by management based on prior experience and their assessment of the current economic 
environment. The trade receivables impairment provision as at 30 November 2013 was £3.1m (2012: £3.3m). Management believe that this 
provision is adequate to cover the risk of bad debts and exposure to credit risk. At 30 November 2013, 61.8% (2012: 64.5%) of trade 
receivables were insured.

19. Trade and other payables

Current
Trade payables
Other taxes and social security
Other payables
Accruals

Current tax liabilities

Current
Amounts owed to subsidiaries
Other taxes and social security
Other payables
Accruals

Current tax liabilities

Group

2013
£m

59.9
3.4
5.0
14.6

82.9
5.4

88.3

Company

2013
£m

13.5
0.1
1.2
1.1

15.9
1.7

17.6

2012
£m

51.8
2.4
5.5
16.5

76.2
6.2

82.4

2012
£m

12.5
0.1
1.1
2.1

15.8
1.7

17.5

91

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |20. Financial assets, liabilities, derivatives and financial risk management
The objectives of the Group’s treasury policies are to ensure sufficient liquidity to meet the Group’s operational and strategic needs and the 
management of financial risk at optimal cost. The main financial risks to which the Group is exposed are foreign currency risk, credit risk and 
interest rate risk. Group treasury policies are set by the Board and permit the use of conventional financial instruments and certain derivative 
instruments to manage and mitigate these risks. There were no changes to this policy in the year ended 30 November 2013.

The Group treasury function is responsible for implementing Group policy and for managing the Group’s relationships with its key providers of 
debt and other treasury services. The treasury function is operated as a cost centre and no speculative transactions are permitted. Underlying 
policy assumptions and activities are reviewed by the Board. Controls over exposure changes and transaction authenticity are in place. The 
treasury function is subject to periodic independent review by the internal audit department.

Fair value of financial assets and liabilities
The fair value of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities together with the carrying amounts shown in the balance sheet are as follows:

Cash at bank and in hand
Trade and other receivables
Trade and other payables
Derivative liabilities
Bank overdrafts
Preference shares
Prepaid arrangement fees
Floating rate borrowings
Fixed rate borrowings

Group

Company

Fair value
2013
£m

Book value
2013
£m

Fair value
2012
£m

Book value
2012
£m

Fair value
2013
£m

Book value
2013
£m

Fair value
2012
£m

Book value
2012
£m

17.9
79.9
(90.2)
(0.1)
–
(0.4)
0.6
(67.5)
(39.1)

(98.9)

17.9
79.9
(90.2)
(0.1)
–
(0.4)
0.6
(67.5)
(37.4)

(97.2)

26.9
67.9
(84.2)
–
–
(0.4)
1.1
(73.7)
(38.7)

(101.1)

26.9
67.9
(84.2)
–
–
(0.4)
1.1
(73.7)
(36.5)

(98.9)

–
162.1
(17.6)
–
(4.6)
(0.4)
0.6
(51.3)
(39.1)

49.7

–
162.1
(17.6)
–
(4.6)
(0.4)
0.6
(51.3)
(37.4)

51.4

3.8
161.8
(17.5)
–
(0.8)
(0.4)
1.1
(73.7)
(38.7)

35.6

3.8
161.8
(17.5)
–
(0.8)
(0.4)
1.1
(73.7)
(36.5)

37.8

Estimation of fair value 
The major methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of financial instruments reflected in the table are summarised as follows: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
The fair value of cash and cash equivalents is estimated as its carrying amount where the cash is repayable on demand. Where it is not 
repayable on demand then the fair value is estimated as the present value of future cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the 
balance sheet date. 

Trade and other receivables/payables 
The fair value of trade and other receivables and trade and other payables is estimated as the present value of future cash flows, discounted at 
the market rate of interest at the balance sheet date if the effect is material. 

Interest-bearing financial assets and liabilities 
The fair value of interest-bearing assets and liabilities that bear interest at floating rates approximates to their carrying value. The fair value of 
the fixed interest financial liabilities is determined by discounting future contracted cash flows, using appropriate yield curves, to their net 
present value. 

Forward exchange contracts 
The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts is based on their publicly available market price. If this is not available, forward contracts 
are marked to market based on the current spot rate. 

92

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Notes to the Accounts(continued)20. Financial assets, liabilities, derivatives and financial risk management (continued)
Funding and liquidity 
The Group’s committed borrowing facilities at 30 November 2013 totalled €175.0m (£145.5m) (2012: €175.0m (£142.0m)), comprising:
•	 a €130m unsecured multicurrency revolving credit facility with a syndicate of five of its key relationship banks, committed until February 
2015, which bears interest at between 1.40% to 2.40% above LIBOR depending on the ratio of the Group’s net debt to EBITDA at each  
of its half-year and year-end reporting dates; and

•	 a €45m senior loan note raised by private placement with Pricoa Capital Group Limited; this funding is unsecured and is scheduled for 

repayment in September 2016, and bears interest at a fixed rate of 5.90% per annum for the term of the loan.

Negotiations to refinance the €130m unsecured multicurrency revolving credit facility, which expires in February 2015, are underway with  
a selected group of current and potential relationship banks. Discussions to date have been positive and the Group expects these to reach  
a successful conclusion prior to the announcement of its May 2014 interim results.

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are:
•	 to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, so that it can continue to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for 

other stakeholders; and

•	 to provide an adequate return to shareholders commensurate with the level of risk.

The Group sets the amount of capital in proportion to risk. The Group manages its capital structure and makes changes in the light of changes 
in economic conditions and risk characteristics of the underlying assets. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may 
adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt. There were 
no changes in the Group’s approach to capital management during the year. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries are subject to 
externally imposed capital requirements.

The Group’s capital structure is as follows:

Net debt
Total equity

Group

2013
£m

86.8
193.1

279.9

2012
£m

82.6
157.9

240.5

Analysis of cash and cash equivalents

Group

Company

Sterling
Euro
US Dollar
Other

Analysis of interest-bearing borrowings

Borrowings falling due within one year or on demand
Bank loans and overdrafts

Borrowings falling due after more than one year
Bank loans and overdrafts
5.9% €45m Senior Note due 2016
Other borrowings
– Preference shares

All of the Company’s and Group’s borrowings are unsecured.

2013
£m

(0.4)
7.3
5.5
5.5

17.9

Group

2013
£m

–

–

67.2
37.1

0.4

2012
£m

0.3
19.0
5.0
2.6

26.9

2012
£m

–

–

72.9
36.2

0.4

104.7

109.5

2013
£m

–
–
–
–

–

Company

2013
£m

4.6

4.6

51.0
37.1

0.4

88.5

2012
£m

–
3.8
–
–

3.8

2012
£m

0.8

0.8

72.9
36.2

0.4

109.5

93

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |20. Financial assets, liabilities, derivatives and financial risk management (continued)
The following tables show the undiscounted contracted cash flows and maturities of financial liabilities together with their carrying amounts 
and average effective interest rates as at the balance sheet date:

Effective
rate
%

Carrying
amount
£m

Contractual
cash flows
£m

<1 year
£m

1–2 years
£m

2–5 years
£m

>5 years
£m

Group 2013

2.5
2.2
2.2
5.9

5.8

(17.0)
(40.7)
(9.8)
(37.4)

–
–
–
(0.4)
0.6

(17.5)
(41.8)
(10.1)
(43.6)

–
–
–
(0.4)
–

(0.4)
(0.9)
(0.2)
(2.2)

(17.1)
(40.9)
(9.9)
(2.2)

–
–
–
(39.2)

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

(104.7)
(90.2)

(113.4)
(90.2)

(3.7)
(88.3)

(70.1)
(1.9)

(39.2)
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
(0.4)
–

(0.4)
–

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.1)

–

–

–

(195.0)

(203.7)

(92.1)

(72.0)

(39.2)

(0.4)

Effective
rate
%

Carrying
amount
£m

Contractual
cash flows
£m

<1 year
£m

1–2 years
£m

2–5 years
£m

>5 years
£m

Group 2012

2.4
2.0
2.1
5.9

5.8

(23.5)
(40.2)
(10.0)
(36.5)

–
–
–
(0.4)
1.1

(25.3)
(42.8)
(10.7)
(46.9)

–
–
–
(0.4)
–

(0.6)
(0.8)
(0.2)
(2.2)

–
–
–
–
–

(0.6)
(0.8)
(0.2)
(2.2)

–
–
–
–
–

(24.1)
(41.2)
(10.3)
(42.5)

–
–
–
–
–

(109.5)
(84.2)

(126.1)
(84.2)

(3.8)
(82.4)

(3.8)
(1.8)

(118.1)
–

–

–

–

–

–

(193.7)

(210.3)

(86.2)

(5.6)

(118.1)

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
(0.4)
–

(0.4)
–

–

(0.4)

Non-derivative financial liabilities:
Multicurrency revolving facility
– Sterling
– Euro
– US Dollar
5.9% €45m Senior Note due 2016
Bank overdrafts
– Sterling
– Euro
– Other
Preference shares
Prepaid arrangement fees

Trade and other payables
Derivative financial liabilities:
Forward exchange contracts used for hedging
– Outflow

Non-derivative financial liabilities:
Multicurrency revolving facility
– Sterling
– Euro
– US Dollar
5.9% €45m Senior Note due 2016
Bank overdrafts
– Sterling
– Euro
– Other
Preference shares
Prepaid arrangement fees

Trade and other payables
Derivative financial liabilities:
Forward exchange contracts used for hedging
– Outflow

94

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Notes to the Accounts(continued)20. Financial assets, liabilities, derivatives and financial risk management (continued)

Non-derivative financial liabilities:
Multicurrency revolving facility
– Sterling
– Euro
– US Dollar
5.9% €45m Senior Note due 2016
Bank overdrafts
– Sterling
– Euro
– Other
Preference shares
Prepaid arrangement fees

Trade and other payables
Derivative financial liabilities:
Forward exchange contracts used for hedging
– Outflow

Non-derivative financial liabilities:
Multicurrency revolving facility
– Sterling
– Euro
– US Dollar
5.9% €45m Senior Note due 2016
Bank overdrafts
– Sterling
– Euro
– Other
Preference shares
Prepaid arrangement fees

Trade and other payables
Derivative financial liabilities:
Forward exchange contracts used for hedging
– Outflow

Effective
rate
%

Carrying
amount
£m

Contractual
cash flows
£m

<1 year
£m

1-2 years
£m

2-5 years
£m

>5 years
£m

Company 2013

2.5
2.2
2.2
5.9

3.0
1.3
1.6
5.8

(17.0)
(24.5)
(9.8)
(37.4)

(0.6)
(3.7)
(0.3)
(0.4)
0.6

(17.5)
(25.1)
(10.1)
(43.6)

(0.6)
(3.7)
(0.3)
(0.4)
–

(0.4)
(0.5)
(0.2)
(2.2)

(0.6)
(3.7)
(0.3)
–
–

(17.1)
(24.6)
(9.9)
(2.2)

–
–
–
(39.2)

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

(93.1)
(17.6)

(101.3)
(17.6)

(7.9)
(17.6)

(53.8)
–

(39.2)
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
(0.4)
–

(0.4)
–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(110.7)

(118.9)

(25.5)

(53.8)

(39.2)

(0.4)

Effective
rate
%

Carrying
amount
£m

Contractual
cash flows
£m

<1 year
£m

1-2 years
£m

2-5 years
£m

>5 years
£m

Company 2012

2.4
2.0
2.1
5.9

2.8

2.5
5.8

(23.5)
(40.2)
(10.0)
(36.5)

(0.7)
–
(0.1)
(0.4)
1.1

(25.3)
(42.8)
(10.7)
(46.9)

(0.7)
–
(0.1)
(0.4)
–

(0.6)
(0.8)
(0.2)
(2.2)

(0.7)
–
(0.1)
–
–

(0.6)
(0.8)
(0.2)
(2.2)

–
–
–
–
–

(24.1)
(41.2)
(10.3)
(42.5)

–
–
–
–
–

(110.3)
(17.5)

(126.9)
(17.5)

(4.6)
(17.5)

(3.8)
–

(118.1)
–

–

–

–

–

–

(127.8)

(144.4)

(22.1)

(3.8)

(118.1)

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
(0.4)
–

(0.4)
–

–

(0.4)

At 30 November 2013 and 30 November 2012, the Group’s committed borrowing facilities comprised a multi-currency revolving credit facility 
of €130m, expiring in February 2015, and a €45m Senior Note falling due in September 2016.

95

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |20. Financial assets, liabilities, derivatives and financial risk management (continued)
Foreign exchange risk
(a) Translational
The Group has significant net assets based outside of the UK, predominantly in the Eurozone and the USA, with further amounts held in the 
Czech Republic, Hungary, Middle East and China. The Group has elected to use its direct currency borrowings under the private placement and 
its €130m multicurrency revolving facility as hedges against movements in the Sterling value of its Euro and US Dollar investments. Profit before 
tax, amortisation and non-recurring items for the year ended 30 November 2012 retranslated using 2013 average exchange rates would have 
been £0.9m higher.

(b) Transactional
The Company and Group have limited transactional currency exposures, arising on sales and purchases made in currencies other than the 
functional currency of the entity making the sale or purchase. Significant exposures which are deemed at least highly probable are matched 
where possible, and the remaining transactional risk is mitigated using forward foreign exchange contracts, all of which mature within one year 
of the balance sheet date.

The following tables show the derivative assets/(liabilities) recognised in the accounts in respect of these hedging instruments:

Forward exchange contracts

Forward exchange contracts

Carrying and fair value amount 2013

Designated
Designated
as net
as cash flow investment
hedges
£m

hedges
£m

Not
designated
as hedges
£m

Derivative
assets
£m

Derivative
liabilities
£m

–

–

–

–

(0.1)

Carrying and fair value amount 2012

Designated
as cash flow
hedges
£m

Designated
as net
investment
hedges
£m

Not
designated
as hedges
£m

Derivative
assets
£m

Derivative
liabilities
£m

–

–

–

–

–

Notional
contract
amount
£m

3.3

Notional
contract
amount
£m

4.4

The gains and losses on ineffective portions of such derivatives are recognised immediately in the income statement. During the year to  
30 November 2013, an amount of £nil (2012: £nil) was recognised due to hedge ineffectiveness. The amount recognised in equity in the  
year in respect of hedges was a loss of £0.1m (2012: gain of £1.3m).

Forward exchange contracts
The Group had the following forward foreign exchange contracts in place at the balance sheet date, all of which mature within one year of the 
balance sheet date:

Sterling/Euro
Euro/US Dollar
Euro/Hungarian Forint

2013

2012

Currency
million

1.1
0.1
814.0

Average
exchange
rate

1.17
1.38
296.1

Currency
million

1.8
0.6
906.9

Average
exchange
rate

1.22
1.30
282.17

The Company had the following forward foreign exchange contracts in place at the balance sheet date:

Sterling/Euro

The following significant exchange rates applied during the year:

Sterling/Euro
Sterling/US Dollar
Sterling/Czech Crown
Sterling/Hungarian Forint
Sterling/Chinese Yuan

96

2013

2012

Currency
million

Average
exchange
rate

–

–

Average  

Average  

rate
2013

1.18
1.56
30.52
350.83
9.61

rate
2012

1.23
1.59
30.93
356.69
10.011

Currency
million

–

Year end 
rate
2013

1.20
1.64
32.94
362.54
9.98

Average
exchange
rate

–

Year end
 rate
2012

1.23
1.60
31.13
346.51
9.979

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Notes to the Accounts(continued)20. Financial assets, liabilities, derivatives and financial risk management (continued)
Sensitivity analysis
A 10% strengthening of Sterling against the following currencies would have decreased equity and profit after tax by the amounts shown 
below. This analysis assumes that all other variables, including interest rates, remain constant:

US Dollar
Euro
Czech Crown
Hungarian Forint
Chinese Yuan

2013

2012

Profit
£m

(0.6)
(0.5)
(0.4)
(0.1)
(0.1)

Equity
£m

(1.3)
(6.7)
(0.9)
(0.6)
(1.4)

Profit
£m

(0.4)
(1.0)
(0.3)
(0.1)
(0.1)

Equity
£m

(1.1)
(6.4)
(1.0)
(0.4)
(1.2)

A 10% weakening of Sterling against the above currencies as at 30 November 2013 and 2012 would have had the equal but opposite effect to 
the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant.

Credit risk
Credit risk is the loss in relation to a financial asset due to non-payment by the customer or counterparty. The Group’s objective is to reduce its 
exposure to counterparty default by restricting the type of counterparty it deals with and by employing an appropriate policy in relation to the 
collection of financial assets. The Group’s principal financial assets are cash, derivative financial instruments and receivables which represent 
the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to financial assets.

The credit risk in relation to cash and derivative financial instruments is mitigated by Group policies which restrict dealings to approved 
counterparties with high credit ratings and with whom the Group has an ongoing banking relationship. The Group has set maximum permitted 
exposures with each counterparty which are reviewed regularly.

Trade receivable exposures are with a wide range of counterparties, and the credit strength of these counterparties is monitored. Where 
appropriate, credit risks are minimised through the use of forward funding, letters of credit, variations in payment terms and insurance. The 
maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying value of each financial asset as recorded in the balance sheet. There are no 
significant concentrations of credit risk at the balance sheet date nor are there any significant exposures to any one customer. See Note 18 for 
further details.

The Group’s policy is to provide financial guarantees only where there is a clear commercial advantage in doing so.

The Company believes that all amounts receivable from subsidiary companies are recoverable in full.

Exposure to credit risk
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum credit risk at the reporting date was:

Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash-equivalents

Group

Company

2013
£m

–
79.9
17.9

97.8

2012
£m

–
67.9
26.9

94.8

2013
£m

–
162.1
–

162.1

2012
£m

–
161.8
3.8

165.6

Interest rate risk
The Group’s strategy seeks a balance between fixed and floating rate borrowings, to achieve a reasonable effective interest rate whilst 
protecting the Group against material adverse changes in interest rates over the medium term.

All of the Group’s interest-bearing assets and liabilities at 30 November 2013 and 2012 were on a floating rate basis, apart from preference 
debt with an average coupon rate of 5.75% and the €45m Senior Note due 2016 which bears interest at 5.90% until its maturity in September 
2016.

Floating rate financial assets and liabilities comprise borrowings under the Group’s syndicated multicurrency revolving credit facility, which bear 
interest at LIBOR (or, in the case of borrowings in Euro, EURIBOR), or the lender’s base rate for the currency concerned, plus a margin of 
between 1.40% and 2.40%, and cash deposits and bank overdrafts which bear interest at market rates.

97

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |20. Financial assets, liabilities, derivatives and financial risk management (continued)
Profile
At the balance sheet date, the interest rate profile of the Group’s and Company’s interest-bearing net debt and financial instruments was:

Fixed rate
Net debt
Financial instruments

Total fixed rate

Floating rate
Net debt
Financial instruments

Total floating rate

Total interest-bearing net debt and financial instruments

Group

2013
£m

Company

2012
£m

2013
£m

2012
£m

(37.5)
–

(37.5)

(49.3)
(0.1)

(49.4)

(86.9)

(36.6)
–

(36.6)

(46.0)
–

(46.0)

(82.6)

(37.5)
–

(37.5)

(55.6)
–

(55.6)

(93.1)

(36.6)
–

(36.6)

(69.9)
–

(69.9)

(106.5)

Sensitivity analysis
A change of 100 basis points in interest rates would have increased or decreased equity by £0.8m (2012: £0.7m). The impact on the profit or 
loss for the period would have been to increase or decrease profit by £0.8m (2012: £0.7m). This analysis assumes that all other variables, in 
particular foreign currency rates, remain constant.

21. Deferred taxation
Group
Recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities:

Intangible assets
Retirement benefit liabilities
Accelerated tax depreciation
Other

Tax assets/(liabilities)

Unrecognised deferred tax assets:

Tax losses
Retirement benefit liabilities
Employee share schemes
Accelerated tax depreciation

2013

2012

Assets
£m

Liabilities
£m

Net assets/
(liabilities)
£m

Assets
£m

Liabilities
£m

Net assets/
(liabilities)
£m

–
1.5
–
1.6

3.1

(7.7)
–
(13.7)
(1.8)

(23.2)

(7.7)
1.5
(13.7)
(0.2)

(20.1)

–
1.7
–
1.6

3.3

(8.8)
–
(14.0)
(0.7)

(23.5)

2013
£m

27.9
0.8
0.6
0.9

30.2

(8.8)
1.7
(14.0)
0.9

(20.2)

2012
£m

30.1
4.5
1.0
1.0

36.6

Tax losses include an amount of £7.6m (2012: £8.8m) in respect of capital losses. The tax losses have no expiry date.

Movement in deferred tax during the year ended 30 November 2013:

Recognised
in Other
Comprehensive
Income
£m

Balance
1 Dec 2012
£m

Recognised
in income
£m

Arising on
acquisitions
(Note 24)
£m

Exchange
adjustments
£m

Balance
30 Nov 2013
£m

(8.8)
1.7
(14.0)
0.9

(20.2)

–
(0.3)
–
–

(0.3)

1.4
0.1
0.4
(0.4)

1.5

(0.1) 
–
–
(0.7)

(0.8)

(0.2)
–
(0.1)
–

(0.3)

(7.7)
1.5
(13.7)
(0.2)

(20.1)

Intangible assets
Retirement benefit liabilities
Accelerated tax depreciation
Other

98

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Notes to the Accounts(continued)21. Deferred taxation (continued)
Group
Movement in deferred tax during the year ended 30 November 2012:

Intangible assets
Retirement benefit liabilities
Accelerated tax depreciation
Other

Recognised
in Other
Comprehensive
Income
£m

Recognised in
income
£m

Exchange
adjustments
£m

Balance
30 Nov 2012
£m

–
0.7
–
–

0.7

1.5
(0.2)
(0.9)
(0.2)

0.2

0.6
–
0.5
0.1

1.2

(8.8)
1.7
(14.0)
0.9

(20.2)

Balance
1 Dec 2011
£m

(10.9)
1.2
(13.6)
1.0

(22.3)

The Group has recognised deferred tax assets of £3.1m (2012: £3.3m) as the Directors believe it is probable that future taxable profits will be 
available against which the assets can be utilised as they reverse over the coming years.

The Group has not recognised deferred tax liabilities in respect of investments in subsidiaries as the Group is able to control the timing of the 
reversal of the timing difference and it is probable that the timing difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. In the majority of cases, 
it is likely that sufficient underlying tax credits will be available to offset the tax liability arising and it is not considered practicable to disclose 
the amount of the timing difference in respect of the deferred tax liabilities which have not been recognised.

Company
The Company has no recognised deferred tax assets or liabilities.

Unrecognised deferred tax assets:

Tax losses
Retirement benefit liabilities
Employee share schemes

Tax losses include an amount of £5.2m (2012: £5.9m) in respect of capital losses. The tax losses have no expiry date.

There are no timing differences arising in respect of the deferred tax liabilities which have not been recognised.

22. Provisions

Current
At 30 November 2011
Utilised in the year
Exchange difference

At 30 November 2012
Utilised in the year
Exchange difference

At 30 November 2013

2013
£m

16.1
0.8
0.6

17.5

2012
£m

18.4
3.5
1.2

23.1

Restructuring
£m

0.5
(0.4)
–

0.1
(0.1)
–

–

99

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |23. Other payables

Non-current
Other payables

Non-current
Amounts owed to subsidiaries

Group

2013
£m

1.9

Company

2013
£m

–

2012
£m

1.8

2012
£m

–

24. Business combination
On 6 September 2013, the Group acquired Texiplast a.s (“Texiplast”), a Slovakian producer of high strength geosynthetic products serving the 
civil engineering market, on a cash-free debt-free basis for a cash consideration of €18.9m (£15.9m).

Costs of £0.9m relating to the acquisition have been charged to non-recurring items. Results of the acquired business are included within the 
results of the Bonar segment.

The acquired business contributed £2.5m to the Group’s consolidated revenue for the period and increased the Group’s consolidated profit 
before interest, tax, amortisation and non-recurring items for the period by £0.4m. Had the business been owned by the Group for the entire 
period, the contribution to the Group’s consolidated revenue and consolidated profit before interest, tax, amortisation and non-recurring items 
would have been £9.0m and £1.3m respectively.

In 2014, the Group expects to spend €1.5m on site clean-up costs and environmental rectification work to ensure that the site meets the 
Group’s health, safety and environmental standards.

The provisional fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired are as follows:

Book value

Fair value
at acquisition adjustments
£m

£m

Intangible assets
Marketing related (Note 12)
Customer relationships (Note 12)

Property, plant and equipment (Note 13)
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Deferred tax liabilities (Note 21)
Trade and other payables

Net assets acquired

Consideration
Cash consideration

Fair value of consideration

Goodwill arising on acquisition

–
–

4.7
2.4
2.1
(0.3)
(0.4)

8.5

0.3
0.4

1.8
(0.3)
–
(0.5)
–

1.7

Provisional
fair value
£m

0.3
0.4

6.5
2.1
2.1
(0.8)
(0.4)

10.2

15.9

15.9

5.7

The customer relationship intangible assets acquired were internally valued at the acquisition date. Goodwill on acquisition reflects synergies 
arising from extended sales networks and enabling Bonar to develop a stronger solution sell capability for demanding civil engineering 
applications.

The fair values ascribed to the assets and liabilities above are provisional. Should new information be obtained within one year of the 
acquisition date about facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date which would necessitate adjustments to the above amounts 
or the recognition of additional liabilities that existed at the acquisition date, then the acquisition accounting will be revised.

On 1 March 2012, the Group acquired the trade and assets of Xero Flor International GmbH (“Xeroflor”), an innovative business with a
strong position in the fast growing green roofing market, on a cash-free debt-free basis for a cash consideration of €6.0m (£5.0m). There
have been no changes to the provisional fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities in the current year.

100

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Notes to the Accounts(continued)25. Share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid
At 1 December
290,914,798 (2012: 287,927,609) Ordinary Shares at 5 pence each
154,571,152 Deferred Shares at 20 pence each

5,752,808 Ordinary Shares (2012: 2,987,189) issued under share option plans  

and long-term incentive plan

Shares issued in placing – 29,626,000 Ordinary Shares

At 30 November
326,293,606 (2012: 290,914,798) Ordinary Shares of 5 pence each
154,571,152 Deferred Shares of 20 pence each

Group and Company 2013

Group and Company 2012

Ordinary
Shares
£m

Deferred
Shares
£m

Ordinary
Shares
£m

Deferred
Shares
£m

14.6
–

0.2
1.5

16.3
–

–
30.9

–
–

–
30.9

14.4
–

0.2
–

14.6
–

–
30.9

–
–

–
30.9

Capital reorganisation
On 11 March 2009, the Company’s Ordinary Share capital was reorganised by means of a capital reorganisation involving: (i) the subdivision 
and reclassification of each issued Ordinary Share into one new Ordinary Share of 5 pence and one Deferred Share of 20 pence; and (ii) the 
subdivision of each authorised but unissued Ordinary Share into five new Ordinary Shares of 5 pence each. On completion of the capital 
reorganisation, each Ordinary Shareholder held one new Ordinary Share and one Deferred Share for each Ordinary Share previously held.

A Deferred Share: (i) does not entitle its holder to receive any dividend or other distribution; (ii) does not entitle its holder to receive notice of, 
nor to attend, speak or vote at, any general meeting of the Company; (iii) entitles its holder on a return of capital on a winding-up (but not 
otherwise) only to the repayment of the amount paid up on that share after payment of (a) the amounts entitled to be paid up to holders of 
the Preference Shares and (b) the capital paid up on each Ordinary Share of 5 pence in the share capital of the Company and the further 
payment of £10m on each such Ordinary Share; and, (iv) does not entitle its holder to any further participation in the capital, profits or assets 
of the Company.

Shares issued during the year
During the year ended 30 November 2013, 1,028,822 shares (2012: 627,709 shares) were issued to employees who exercised share options. 
4,723,986 shares were issued pursuant to awards made under the LTIP granted in 2010 (2012: 2,359,480). 29,626,000 shares were issued as 
part of the share placing which took place in September 2013.

Preference Shares

Allotted, called up and fully paid
100,000 (2012: 100,000) 6% first cumulative preference stock of £1.00 each
100,000 (2012: 100,000) 6% second cumulative preference stock of £1.00 each
200,000 (2012: 200,000) 5.5% third cumulative preference stock of £1.00 each

Group and Company

2013
£m

0.1
0.1
0.2

0.4

2012
£m

0.1
0.1
0.2

0.4

Preference Shares are included within borrowings. Preference Shares have priority over Ordinary Shares on a winding up of the Company. 
Provided that preference dividends remain paid in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association, Preference Shares do not carry 
voting rights.

Potential issues of Ordinary Shares
An element of senior executive remuneration is provided in the form of share options and long-term incentive plan awards. More details of 
these options and awards can be found in the Directors’ Report on Remuneration on pages 44 to 60. Employees are also invited to participate 
in the Low & Bonar Sharesave schemes.

101

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |25. Share capital (continued)
Share options
Under the provisions of the employee share option schemes there were options for a total of 3.5 million Ordinary Shares outstanding at  
30 November 2013 (2012: 3.6 million Ordinary Shares). The number of options outstanding which were granted in the last financial year  
was 1.1 million (2012: 0.3 million).

Details of the options included in the IFRS 2 charge are as follows:

Year of grant

Share options
2004
2006
2007
2008
2008
2009
2009
2010
2010
2011
2011
2012
2012
2013
2013
Phantom share options
2004
2006

Total

Average fair
value in pence

Exercise price
in pence

Exercise period

1 Dec 2012

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited

30 Nov 2013

Ordinary Shares of 5p each

29.30
27.23
31.41
19.98
18.31
14.08
14.07
13.50
13.50
22.17
22.16
19.61
19.31
18.55
20.29

1.95
2.93

91.45
108.18
101.95
75.73
75.73
32.18
32.18
26.00
26.00
42.80
42.80
51.20
51.20
58.80
58.80

2007 to 2014
2009 to 2016
2012 to 2013
2013 to 2014
2013 to 2014
2012 to 2015
2012 to 2015
2013 to 2015
2013 to 2015
2014 to 2016
2014 to 2016
2015 to 2017
2015 to 2017
2016 to 2018
2016 to 2018

53,322
442,126
5,780
8,594
44,307
119,195
368,889
669,162
784,830
119,461
123,187
119,686
146,833
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
347,363
751,123

–
–
–
(2,578)
–
(2,256)
(139,770)
(508,880)
(375,338)
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
(5,780)
–
(32,449)
(6,768)
(12,424)
–
–
(3,373)
(3,577)
(33,092)
(2,936)
(25,101)
(20,583)

53,322
442,126
–
6,016
11,858
110,171
216,695
160,282
409,492
116,088
119,610
86,594
143,897
322,262
730,540

91.45
108.18

2007 to 2014
2009 to 2016

267,677
336,836

–
–

–
–

–
–

267,677
336,836

3,609,885 1,098,486

(1,028,822)

(146,083) 3,533,466

The weighted-average exercise price of share options outstanding at 30 November 2013 was 65.13p (2012: 55.97p). The weighted average 
exercise prices of share options granted, exercised and lapsed in the year to 30 November 2012 were 58.80p, 27.19p and 58.34p, respectively 
(2012: 51.20p, 33.75p and 32.16p, respectively). 1.1 million share options were exercisable at 30 November 2013 (2012: 1.2 million).

The fair values of share options granted in the year to 30 November 2013 ranged from 17.96p to 26.26p and were derived using the Black-
Scholes model (2012: 19.06p to 20.96p and were derived using the Black-Scholes model). The assumed future volatility ranged from 40% to 
55% (2012: 54% to 55%), the dividend yield was 3.7% (2012: 3.7%), the expected term ranged from 3.4 years to 5.4 years (2012: 3.4 years  
to 5.4 years) and the risk-free rate ranged from 0.4% to 1.0% (2012: 0.6% to 1.0%).

The fair values of the phantom share options were recalculated based on data at 30 November 2013 using the Stochastic model. The assumed 
future volatility ranged from 41% to 42% (2012: 41% to 42%) the dividend yield was 3.7% (2012: 3.7%), the expected term ranged from  
1.6 years to 3.4 years (2012: 1.6 years to 3.4 years) and the risk-free rate ranged from 0.3% to 0.4% (2012: 0.3% to 0.4%).

The average share price in the year ended 30 November 2013 was 67.86p (2012: 55.45p).

Long-term incentive plan awards 
Under the provisions of the long-term incentive plans there were awards for a total of 8.9 million Ordinary Shares outstanding at 30 November 2013 
(2012: 11.1 million Ordinary Shares). The number of awards outstanding which were granted in the last financial year was 2.5 million (2012: 3.3 million). 

Details of the awards included in the IFRS 2 charge are shown below: 

Year of grant

Average fair
value in pence

Award price
in pence

2009
2009
2010
2010
2011
2012
2012
2013

Total

102

28.33
30.48
25.19
36.87
41.11
45.40
45.02
53.07

38.18

35.25
35.00
33.00
45.00
53.50
61.00
62.00
70.50

49.59

Ordinary Shares of 5p each

Vesting period

1 Dec 2012

Awarded

Exercised

Forfeited

30 Nov 2013

2009 to 2012
2009 to 2012
2010 to 2013
2010 to 2013
2011 to 2014
2012 to 2015
2012 to 2015
2013 to 2016

–
–
4,044,256
980,000
2,845,028
3,030,194
229,839
–

–
–
–
–
– (3,743,986)
(980,000)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2,549,496

–
–
(35,000)
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
265,270
–
2,845,028
3,030,194
229,839
2,549,496

11,129,317 2,549,496 (4,723,986)

(35,000) 8,919,827

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Notes to the Accounts(continued)25. Share capital (continued)
No instruments awarded under the Group’s long-term incentive plans were exercisable at 30 November 2013 or 30 November 2012. The fair 
values of awards made in the year to 30 November 2013 ranged from 43.04p to 63.09p (2012: 34.54p to 55.49p) and were derived using the 
Black-Scholes or Stochastic models. The assumed future volatility was 39% (2012: range from 41% to 45%), the dividend yield was 3.7%  
(2012: 3.7%), the expected term was 3 years (2012: 3 years) and the risk-free rate was 0.3% (2012: range from 0.2% to 0.7%).

The total amount charged to the Consolidated Income Statement in respect of share-based payments was £0.6m (2012: £1.2m). Liabilities in 
respect of cash-settled share-based payments were not material at either 30 November 2013 or 30 November 2012.

26. Share premium account

At 1 December
Premium on Ordinary Shares issued during the year

At 30 November

27. Translation reserve

At 1 December
Adjustments on translation of net assets and results of overseas subsidiaries, net of hedging

At 30 November

28. Non-controlling interest

At 1 December
Share of profit after taxation
Exchange adjustment

At 30 November

29. Reconciliation of net cash flow movement to movement in net debt

For the year ended 30 November
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Net cash flow from movements in debt financing
Amortisation of bank arrangement fees
Finance lease capital repayments
Foreign exchange differences

Movement in net debt in the year
Net debt at 1 December

Net debt at 30 November

For the year ended 30 November
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Net cash flow from movements in debt financing
Amortisation of bank arrangement fees
Foreign exchange differences

Movement in net debt in the year
Net debt at 1 December

Net debt at 30 November

Group and Company

2013
£m

55.5
18.4

73.9

2012
£m

54.1
1.4

55.5

Group

2013
£m

(37.0)
0.1

(36.9)

2012
£m

(28.6)
(8.4)

(37.0)

Group

2013
£m

6.0
0.5
(0.1)

6.4

Group

2013
£m

(9.9)
8.5
(0.5)
–
(2.3)

(4.2)
(82.6)

(86.8)

2012
£m

5.9
–
0.1

6.0

2012
£m

6.6
(7.4)
(0.5)
–
4.0

2.7
(85.3)

(82.6)

Company

2013
£m

2012
£m

(3.8)
17.5
(0.5)
0.2

13.4
(106.5)

(6.0)
(9.1)
(0.5)
4.2

(11.4)
(95.1)

(93.1)

(106.5)

103

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |30. Operating lease commitments
At 30 November, the Group had total non-cancellable commitments under operating leases as follows:

Plant and equipment
  Lease payments within one year
  Lease payments between one and two years
  Lease payments between two and five years
  Lease payments beyond five years

Property
  Lease payments within one year
  Lease payments between one and two years
  Lease payments between two and five years
  Lease payments beyond five years

Group

Company

2013
£m

1.1
0.8
0.5
0.1

2.5

3.9
3.7
9.4
5.4

22.4

2012
£m

1.0
0.8
0.7
0.2

2.7

3.9
3.6
10.9
10.8

29.2

2013
£m

2012
£m

–
–
–
–

–

0.1
–
–
–

0.1

–
–
–
–

–

0.2
–
–
–

0.2

31. Contingent liabilities
At the time of disposing of the Group’s North American packaging operations in March 2000, the Company entered into an Environmental 
Agreement with the purchasers of the business. The Environmental Agreement contains provisions regarding the remediation of known 
environmental contamination in the vicinity of one of the facilities which was sold in Burlington, Ontario. The Environmental Agreement expired 
in September 2006 and the Group has an ongoing liability only in respect of outstanding claims notified prior to this date. At 30 November 
2013, an accrual of £nil (2012: £0.1m) remains in the Group’s balance sheet for the ongoing remediation costs as the Directors now believe that 
all costs have been incurred.

In addition, the Company from time to time guarantees certain obligations of its subsidiaries arising in the normal course of trade.  
At 30 November 2013, £0.4m of guarantees were outstanding (2012: £1.2m).

32. Related party transactions
At 30 November 2013, the Group was owed £9.1m (2012: £0.1m) by Bonar Natpet LLC, a joint venture.

At 30 November 2013, the Group was owed £0.3m (2012: £0.2m) by the Low & Bonar Group Retirement Benefit Scheme.

The Company provides debt finance to various operating subsidiaries. A total of £161.8m was outstanding at 30 November 2013 (2012: £161.4m). The 
Company also borrows surplus funds from its subsidiaries. At 30 November 2013, the total amount payable to subsidiaries was £13.5m (2012: £12.5m). 
The Company received income in respect of management services provided to its subsidiaries totalling £4.0m (2012: £3.5m). The Company received 
interest income from related parties totalling £6.5m (2012: £6.5m) and accrued interest payable to related parties of £0.1m (2012: £0.1m). The Company 
received dividend income from its subsidiaries of £3.4m (2012: £11.6m).

All related party transactions were conducted on an arm’s-length basis.

The remuneration of key personnel (including Directors) of the Group was:

Short-term benefits
Post employment benefits
Share-based payments

2013
£m

1.7
0.3
1.9

3.9

2012
£m

2.2
0.3
0.8

3.3

Key personnel comprise two Executive Directors (2012: two), three Business Unit Managing Directors (2012: three) who are directly responsible 
for the Group’s operating companies and one Director of Marketing and Strategy (2012: one).

The aggregate amount of Directors remuneration was £0.9m (2012:£1.4m) and the aggregate gain made by the Directors on the exercise of 
share options was £1.7m (2012: £0.2m). The cash paid into defined contribution schemes was £0.1m (2012: £0.1m) and two Directors were 
members of defined contribution schemes (2012: two). Full details of Directors’ emoluments, pension benefits and interests in the shares of the 
Company are set out in the Directors’ Report on Remuneration on pages 44 to 60.

As part of the share placing, the Company agreed to place 7,025,000 new ordinary shares with direct and indirect subsidiaries of Cazenove 
Capital Management and 3,000,000 new ordinary shares with direct and indirect subsidiaries of Axa Framlington Investment Managers,  
each a substantial shareholder of the Company and a related party of the Company for the purposes of the Listing Rules.

104

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Notes to the Accounts(continued)33. Group companies

Subsidiary undertakings

Bonar
Bonar NV
Yihua Bonar Yarns & Fabrics Co. Ltd
Bonar Limited (trading as ADFIL)
Bonar Geosynthetics Kft
Bonar BV
Bonar Produktions GmbH
Bonar GmbH and Co.KG

Bonar SARL
Bonar Inc
Bonar Xeroflor GmbH
XF Technologies BV
Texiplast a.s
Low & Bonar (Shanghai) Trading Company Limited

Technical Coated Fabrics
Mehler Texnologies Logistics GmbH
Mehler Texnologies GmbH
Mehler Texnologies S.R.L.
Mehler Texnologies Ltd
Mehler Texnologies S.p.A.
Mehler Texnologies SARL
Mehler Texnologies Inc
Mehler Texnologies s.r.o.
Mehler Texnologies Sp. Z o.o.
Mehler Texnologies Teknik Tekstil Limited Sirketi
Mehler Texnologies s.i.a.
Mehler Texnologies Middle East General Trading LLC
Low & Bonar Technical Textiles Russia OOO
Mehler Texnologies India Private Limited

Yarns
Bonar Yarns & Fabrics Limited
Bonar Emirates Technical Yarns Industries LLC
Bonar Xirion NV
Bonar Technical Yarns Inc

Holding companies
Bonar International Holdings Limited
Bonar International Sarl
Low & Bonar (Nederland) BV
LCM Construction Products Ltd
Low & Bonar Technical Textiles Holding BV
Colbond Holding BV
Low & Bonar Verwaltungs GmbH
Colbond (Nederland) BV
Bonar Yarns BV

Joint venture

Bonar Natpet LLC

Associated undertaking

CPW GmbH

Principal product areas

Country

%

Woven and non-woven fabrics
Woven fabrics
Construction fibres
Non-woven fabrics
Polymeric mats and composites
Polymeric mats and composites
Polymeric mats and composites, and
holding company
Polymeric mats and composites
Polymeric mats and composites
Green roofs
Intellectual property
Non-woven fabrics
Woven fabrics

Belgium
People’s Republic of China
England and Wales
Hungary
The Netherlands
Germany
Germany

France
USA
Germany
The Netherlands
Slovakia
People’s Republic of China

Technical coated fabrics
Technical coated fabrics
Technical coated fabrics
Technical coated fabrics
Technical coated fabrics
Technical coated fabrics
Technical coated fabrics
Technical coated fabrics
Technical coated fabrics
Technical coated fabrics
Technical coated fabrics
Technical coated fabrics
Technical coated fabrics
Technical coated fabrics

Germany
Germany
Romania
England and Wales
Italy
France
USA
Czech Republic
Poland
Turkey
Latvia
UAE
Russia
India

Specialist yarns
Specialist yarns
Specialist yarns
Specialist yarns

Scotland
United Arab Emirates
Belgium
USA

Holding company
Holding company
Holding company
Holding company
Holding company
Holding company
Holding company
Holding company
 Holding company

Scotland
Luxembourg
The Netherlands
England and Wales
The Netherlands
The Netherlands
Germany
The Netherlands
 The Netherlands

100.0
60.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0

100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
 100.0
100.0

100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0

100.0*
49.0
100.0
100.0

100.0*
100.0
100.0
100.0*
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0

Geotextiles

Saudi Arabia

50.0

Intellectual property

Germany

33.3

1  Unless otherwise stated, shares held are ordinary, common or unclassified. 
2  The percentage of the nominal value of issued shares held is shown following the name of each company.
3  An asterisk* indicates that the percentage of share capital shown is held directly by the Company. 
4  A number of subsidiary undertakings, the trading results and assets of which are not material in relation to the Group as a whole, have been omitted from the above list. In 

compliance with the Companies Act 2006, particulars of these undertakings will be annexed to the next annual return. 

5  The companies listed were incorporated in the country shown against each of them and, with the exception of Bonar International Sarl which operates primarily in England, that 

country is also the principal country of operation.

105

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Five Year History

Revenue
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Total (including discontinued operations)
Operating profit before amortisation and non-recurring items
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Total (including discontinued operations)
Operating profit
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Total (including discontinued operations)
Profit before tax, amortisation and non-recurring items
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Total (including discontinued operations)
Profit before tax
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Total (including discontinued operations)
Net debt

2013
£m

2012
£m

2011
£m

2010
£m

2009
£m

403.1
–

403.1

380.5
–

380.5

388.7
–

388.7

344.6
–

344.6

304.8
–

304.8

32.2
–

32.2

24.5
–

24.5

26.1
–

26.1

17.8
–

30.5
–

30.5

12.1
–

12.1

24.5
–

24.5

6.1
–

30.6
–

30.6

30.6
–

30.6

23.4
–

23.4

23.4
2.2

25.8
–

25.8

12.0
–

12.0

18.6
–

18.6

10.2
–

22.1
–

22.1

9.2
–

9.2

15.8
–

15.8

0.7
0.4

17.8
(86.8)

6.1
(82.6)

25.6
(85.3)

10.2
(62.0)

1.1
(67.4)

Per Ordinary Share
Basic earnings/(loss) per share (including discontinued operations) (pence)
Dividends declared per share (pence)

4.08
2.6

0.47
2.4

7.29
2.1

2.19
1.6

(0.25)
0.8

Discontinued operations in 2009 represent the Floors Division (discontinued in 2008) and, in 2011, a non-recurring profit arising from the 
Group’s Belgian packaging business (discontinued in 1997).

106

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Advisers and 
Financial Calendar

Company Secretary
Matthew Joy

Registered Office
Whitehall House
33 Yeaman Shore
Dundee
DD1 4BJ

Head Office
10th Floor
1 Eversholt Street
London
NW1 2DN

Telephone: 
Fax: 
Website: 

020 7535 3180
020 7535 3181
www.lowandbonar.com

Registered number:  

SC008349

Advisers

Registrar
Computershare Investor Services PLC
Leven House
10 Lochside Place
Edinburgh Park
Edinburgh
EH12 9DF

Telephone: 

0870 702 0010

Auditor
KPMG Audit Plc

Solicitors
Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP
Squire Sanders LLP

Principal bankers
The Royal Bank of Scotland Plc
Barclays Bank PLC
KBC Bank NV
ING Bank NV
Comerica Bank

Corporate finance advisers
NM Rothschild & Sons Limited

Brokers
Numis Securities Limited

Financial Calendar
Annual General Meeting

Announcements for results for the year
ending 30 November 2014
Half year
Full year

Final dividend payment for the year ended
30 November 2013
Ordinary Shares

First, second and third
cumulative preference stock

25 March 2014

July 2014
February 2015

17 April 2014

1 March 2014 and
1 September 2014

107

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 |Notes

108

| Low & Bonar PLC Annual Report 2013 Low & Bonar PLC
10th Floor, 1 Eversholt Street 
London NW1 2DN

Telephone:  020 7535 3180
Fax: 
020 7535 3181
Website:  www.lowandbonar.com

L

o

w

&

B

o

n

a

r

P

L

C

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

3